{"title":"Polishing — PROFILINE from SONAX","description":null,"products":[{"product_id":"sonax-profiline-metalpolish-metallpolitur","title":"PROFILINE MetalPolish Metal Polish (Medium-Cut)","description":"\u003ch2\u003eBring tarnished metal surfaces to a high shine — with SONAX PROFILINE MetalPolish\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cblockquote\u003e\n  \u003cp\u003e\u003cem\u003eWhat does SONAX PROFILINE MetalPolish do? The metal polish with medium abrasive power removes tarnish, oxidation, light rust, and dullness from aluminum, brass, chrome, and stainless steel — bringing metal surfaces to a mirror-like high shine.\u003c\/em\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/blockquote\u003e\n\n\u003chr\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003ePolished metal surfaces lose their luster over time — oxygen, moisture, UV light, and environmental acids leave tarnish, oxidation layers, and a characteristic dullness that simple cleaning cannot remove. This is where \u003cstrong\u003eSONAX PROFILINE MetalPolish\u003c\/strong\u003e comes in: a high-gloss polish with a medium abrasive grade that, based on high-quality abrasive minerals, gently removes tarnish and oxidation layers, revealing a highly mirror-polished surface beneath. The formula is suitable for all common metals — aluminum, brass, chrome, stainless steel — and works without aggressive acids or alkalis that can cause corrosion damage on sensitive metal surfaces.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMedium abrasive power for a wide range of applications.\u003c\/strong\u003e The medium cut allows for quick polishing even on heavily tarnished or dull metal surfaces, without excessive material removal or damaging more sensitive surfaces. For most applications — exhaust tips, aluminum wheel well polishing frames, chrome attachments, stainless steel cladding — the medium abrasive power is the right starting point, delivering visible results without unnecessarily removing material.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eUse on all common metal surfaces.\u003c\/strong\u003e Aluminum, brass, chrome, stainless steel, copper — the polish works on all these materials without specific compatibility issues. It has proven particularly effective on motorcycle parts, exhaust systems, wheels, boat fittings, and kitchen objects made of polished metal, where both cleaning action and high-gloss results are desired.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eHigh-gloss finish directly from the tube.\u003c\/strong\u003e After polishing, a mirror-like high-gloss finish is created that requires no separate post-treatment. This saves a step compared to two-stage systems, where coarse and then pure finisher work is required — with PROFILINE MetalPolish, the abrasive and polishing phases are combined in one step.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003chr\u003e\n\n\u003cblockquote class=\"praxistipp\"\u003e\n  \u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDetailing1 Pro Tip:\u003c\/strong\u003e For optimal results, thoroughly clean and dry the metal surface before polishing — dirt particles on the surface cause deeper scratches during polishing than the abrasive in the polish itself. Apply the MetalPolish to a clean, soft cotton cloth or polishing pad and work in circular, overlapping motions in small areas. Do not apply too thinly — the paste should remain visibly on the surface until it hardens and becomes slightly cloudy. Then polish with a clean cloth and check the result. A second pass may be necessary for heavily tarnished areas.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/blockquote\u003e\n\n\u003chr\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eMetal polish with medium abrasive power — how the medium cut works\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe action of a metal polish is based on controlled micro-abrasive processes: fine abrasive grains in the polishing paste remove the uppermost layer of oxidation, tarnish, and micro-scratches, while simultaneously smoothing the underlying metal surface. The finer the grit, the higher the achievable shine, but the longer the working time for heavily damaged surfaces. The medium abrasive power of \u003cstrong\u003eSONAX PROFILINE MetalPolish\u003c\/strong\u003e is a conscious compromise: strong enough to remove even significant tarnish and medium oxidation layers in one step, fine enough to produce a high-gloss finish directly, without the need for a separate finishing step.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe abrasive minerals in the formula are selected to work gently on metal surfaces and not cause excessive material removal. This is particularly important for thinly plated chrome or coated aluminum: overly aggressive abrasives can penetrate protective layers and expose the underlying base material, accelerating corrosion. The medium abrasion of MetalPolish keeps this risk at a controlled level and is matched to the typical thickness of chrome and aluminum coatings.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eA conceptual difference to paint polishes such as \u003ca href=\"\/en\/products\/sonax-profiline-perfectfinish-finish-politur\"\u003eSONAX PROFILINE PerfectFinish\u003c\/a\u003e is important: paint polishes are formulated for organic polymer layers (clear coat), while metal polishes are for inorganic metal surfaces. The abrasive grains are chosen differently, and the carrier paste is adapted to the specific adhesion and heat conduction of metal. These products are not interchangeable — a paint polish on metal will not produce optimal results, and a metal polish on clear coat can cause scratches depending on the abrasive hardness. Therefore, use MetalPolish exclusively on bare, non-painted metal surfaces.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAfter polishing — when the applied product has become cloudy and has been polished off with a cloth — MetalPolish leaves no bothersome oil film or residue. The metal remains fresh, shiny, and grippy after polishing. Optional post-sealing with a metal protection product or wax film can extend the re-tarnish period and is particularly recommended for chrome attachments in outdoor areas.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eApplying metal polish correctly — step-by-step for maximum shine\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe application of \u003cstrong\u003eSONAX PROFILINE MetalPolish\u003c\/strong\u003e works both by hand and with a rotating machine. By hand: Apply a hazelnut-sized amount of polish to a clean cotton cloth, a polishing cloth, or a soft polishing block. Spread over the metal surface with circular or linear movements — not too fast, but with even pressure in small sections of approx. 20×20 cm. Allow the polish to dry slightly and appear milky-cloudy (typically 30–60 seconds at room temperature), then polish with a clean, dry cotton cloth. The result is immediately visible: the cloudy residues contain the dissolved oxide and removed dirt.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWith a machine (rotary or orbital polisher): Choose a suitable pad depending on the machine — a medium-hard polishing pad or a cotton polishing pad is recommended for MetalPolish. Select a low speed (rotary: approx. 1000–1500 rpm, orbital: level 3–4), move evenly over the surface. Machine polishing on metal saves considerable time and produces more even results than hand polishing due to the mechanical pressure, but requires a little more practice to avoid overheating on edges and corners. After machine polishing, polish off as with hand application.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eA second pass may be necessary on heavily tarnished or deeply oxidized surfaces. Important: After each pass, check with a clean cloth whether the desired result has been achieved before applying further polishing passes — excessive polishing unnecessarily removes material without further improving the result.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eMetal polish application areas — where MetalPolish works best\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eMetalPolish shows its strength wherever polished metal surfaces have become dull and unsightly due to environmental influences. In the automotive sector: chrome attachments, aluminum wheel rims, stainless steel sills, exhaust tips and systems (always apply to cold parts!), motorcycle exhaust manifolds, aluminum engine covers, and motorsport applications made of polished aluminum or titanium. The results are particularly noticeable on exhaust systems that develop typical tarnish colors due to heat — blue, golden brown, purple. These can often be completely or largely removed with a metal polish, restoring the exhaust to its original metal finish. For titanium components (racing, high-performance exhaust), the tarnish colors are often considered an aesthetic feature — here, before polishing, it should be considered whether the original finish is actually desired or whether the tarnish colors should deliberately be preserved.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWhen it comes to aluminum wheels, an important distinction must be made: bare, uncoated aluminum wheels (rare, but common in vintage car and motorsport sectors) can be treated directly with metal polish. Standard new and used car wheels, however, are covered with a clear coat or anodized — these should not be treated with metal polish, as the abrasion attacks the clear coat. The correct approach for painted wheels is a paint polish, not a metal polish. If in doubt: Test a tiny area in an inconspicuous spot before treating the entire rim.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOutside the automotive sector, MetalPolish is equally powerful: boat fittings and propellers made of brass or stainless steel, stainless steel railings and handrails, polished brass fittings, historical objects made of silver or bronze, kitchen objects made of polished stainless steel. The polish has limitations on painted or anodized metal surfaces — these protective layers should not be mechanically polished. Anodized aluminum wheels or powder-coated components are therefore not suitable application areas for metal polish, regardless of the product used.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eMetal polish comparison — PROFILINE MetalPolish vs. XTREME MetalPolish and alternatives\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe SONAX range includes two metal polishes: the PROFILINE version and \u003ca href=\"\/en\/products\/sonax-xtreme-metalpolish-metallpolitur\"\u003eSONAX XTREME MetalPolish\u003c\/a\u003e. Both remove tarnish and oxidation on metal surfaces, but differ in package size and positioning. XTREME MetalPolish (150 ml tube) is aimed at hobby detailers and occasional users who prefer a handy package size for smaller jobs and individual applications. PROFILINE MetalPolish (250 ml) is designed for regular users and businesses who polish more frequently and want to keep a slightly larger quantity in stock.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIn terms of content, both products use comparable abrasive minerals for the medium cut — the main difference lies less in the mode of action than in product size and positioning: PROFILINE is the professional line for regular use, XTREME is the consumer pack for home use. Those who work in a business or regularly detail motorcycles, vehicles, or boats will opt for PROFILINE; those who occasionally polish the wheels or exhaust of their vehicle are equally well advised with XTREME MetalPolish.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor special applications, it is worth looking at other products in the SONAX PROFILINE range: \u003ca href=\"\/en\/products\/sonax-profiline-glasspolish-glaspolitur\"\u003eSONAX PROFILINE GlassPolish\u003c\/a\u003e specializes in glass surfaces — scratches and water spots on windshields or rear windows — and works with cerium oxide abrasive technology on a different material class than MetalPolish. Those who are putting together a comprehensive vehicle detailing kit that covers both paint and metal work will find the right special polish for every material in the SONAX PROFILINE range.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eBuying SONAX PROFILINE MetalPolish — Recommendation and Target Group\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSONAX PROFILINE MetalPolish\u003c\/strong\u003e is the choice for anyone who regularly polishes metal surfaces and wants to use a reliable, proven professional product. The 250 ml tube is sufficient for many applications — a single exhaust system, a complete motorcycle, several chrome attachments — and offers maximum flexibility thanks to its medium abrasive power: from occasional exhaust refresh to systematic detailing of an entire vehicle.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIn addition to the polish, a set of high-quality cotton cloths or polishing applicators is recommended for even results when polishing by hand. Important: Do not use microfiber cloths for polishing on brightly polished metal surfaces — microfiber loops can leave fine scratches on high-gloss metal that do not occur with cotton cloths. For machine polishing, cotton polishing pads or medium-soft foam polishing pads are suitable.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIf you want a long-lasting protective layer after polishing that significantly delays re-tarnishing, you should plan a metal sealing step after using MetalPolish: a thin wax film, a metal protection oil, or in some cases a ceramic sealant can extend the durability of the polished condition from a few weeks to several months, especially on exterior attachments exposed to weather. This is particularly worthwhile for elaborately prepared exhaust systems or motorcycle chrome parts where the result should last as long as possible. For hobby detailers who occasionally polish individual metal parts, the PROFILINE MetalPolish in the 250 ml tube is sufficient for many years — the tube is economical and the product has unlimited shelf life with correct storage (cool, dry, sealed).\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"SONAX","offers":[{"title":"250ml","offer_id":53502874386767,"sku":"D1-SNX-02041410","price":17.28,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true},{"title":"2x 250ml set","offer_id":53506187526479,"sku":"D1-SNX-2041410_2","price":33.87,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true},{"title":"3x 250ml set","offer_id":53506187559247,"sku":"D1-SNX-2041410_3","price":49.77,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0800\/3272\/7375\/files\/sonax-profiline-metalpolish-metallpolitur.png?v=1730405721"},{"product_id":"sonax-profiline-np-03-06-hochglanz-politur-finish","title":"PROFILINE NP \"03-06\" High Gloss Polish (Finish)","description":"\u003ch2\u003eFlawless High Gloss as the Final Polishing Step — SONAX PROFILINE NP 03-06\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cblockquote\u003e\n  \u003cp\u003e\u003cem\u003eWhat does SONAX PROFILINE NP 03-06 do? This fine high-gloss finishing polish removes the finest holograms and polishing marks, creates a mirror-like clear coat shine, and optimally prepares the paint for sealants and ceramic coatings — ideal as the final polishing step after abrasive preparation stages.\u003c\/em\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/blockquote\u003e\n\n\u003chr\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eIn the multi-stage polishing process, the finishing polish is the supreme discipline: it follows the cutting polish and the medium-fine corrective polish and has the task of completely removing any remaining fine holograms, polishing marks, and micro-scratches — all while bringing the clear coat to a state that impresses with deep gloss, clarity, and reflectivity. The \u003cstrong\u003eSONAX PROFILINE NP 03-06\u003c\/strong\u003e is the professional high-gloss finishing polish for precisely this final step: very finely abrasive, low-slurring, and with a high-gloss effect that optimally prepares the paint for sealants.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFinest Abrasion for Hologram-Free High Gloss.\u003c\/strong\u003e The NP 03-06 contains very finely ground abrasive particles that smooth out polishing marks left by coarse and medium polishes, without creating new scratches. The result is a paint surface with maximum reflectivity and minimal orange peel effect — the basis for the mirror-like deep gloss that a freshly prepared vehicle should exude.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBalanced Viscosity for Machine and Hand Application.\u003c\/strong\u003e The NP 03-06 polish formula is designed to be used with both rotary and orbital polishing machines, as well as by hand on small areas. Its viscosity allows for even distribution on the pad, prevents splattering during machine work, and does not dry too quickly — which is particularly important for larger areas to maintain consistent working time.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eIdeal as a Pre-Coating Step Before Sealants.\u003c\/strong\u003e A finishing polish before sealing is not optional if maximum sealant durability and optimal gloss effect are the goal. The NP 03-06 leaves no protective film or protective wax components — after finishing, the clear coat is ready for the subsequent degreasing step and sealing, without abrasive residues affecting coating adhesion.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003chr\u003e\n\n\u003cblockquote class=\"praxistipp\"\u003e\n  \u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDetailing1 Pro Tip:\u003c\/strong\u003e The NP 03-06 delivers the best results with a finishing foam pad on an orbital polisher — speed 3–4 (depending on the machine model), slow, overlapping movements. For the final pass, reduce the speed to 2–3 to minimize heat buildup and achieve a more even result. Apply the polish product sparingly: a small amount on the pad, spread it by rubbing slowly by hand, then turn on the machine. After polishing, buff the area with a clean microfiber cloth and immediately check for holograms — residual polishing marks are most visible under flat (side) light. After checking, apply \u003ca href=\"\/en\/products\/sonax-profiline-prepare-reiniger-kontrollspray-entfetter\"\u003eSONAX PROFILINE Prepare\u003c\/a\u003e as a degreasing step before sealing.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/blockquote\u003e\n\n\u003chr\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eAbrasive Technology: How NP 03-06 High-Gloss Finishing Polish Removes Holograms\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe operating principle of a finishing polish is based on mechanical micro-abrasion: the finely ground abrasive particles of the high-gloss polish abrade the clear coat surface at a micrometer level, smoothing out grooves and scratches created by previous polishing stages and creating a surface that is as flat and homogeneous as possible. Light hitting a flat surface is reflected evenly — this is the physical explanation for the so-called deep gloss and mirror reflection visible after a successful finishing polish.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe abrasive grade of NP 03-06 is chosen to be optimal for the final polishing stage: fine enough not to create new holograms, but still strong enough to completely eliminate polishing marks from the previous medium corrective polish. This balancing act is typical for finishing polishes — too fine an abrasion does not completely remove polishing marks, while too coarse an abrasion creates holograms that then need to be fixed with another finishing pass. The NP 03-06 is characterized in the product name with \"03-06\", which describes its abrasive position in the SONAX polishing product hierarchy.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAnother advantage of finishing polish technology is the \"darkening\" effect — on dark paints (black, dark blue, dark gray), a significantly more intense color depth becomes visible after finishing, as the paint surface is so flat and clear that more light penetrates the paint and is reflected there. This effect is less dramatic on light paints but still noticeable: the paint appears fresher, more vibrant, and more even than before. Especially on vehicles with black or dark paint, the finishing polish is the most visible step in the entire detailing process.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eApplying NP 03-06 Correctly — Pad, Machine, and Technique for Optimal Results\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eApplying the finishing polish requires a completely executed pre-treatment: dirt, rust film, and tar must be removed (decon step), the paint must be prepared by a corrective polish, and the surface must be clean and dry. A finishing polish on an unprepared, heavily scratched surface cannot completely eliminate fine scratches — this step is only worthwhile if the preceding stages have been carried out correctly.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003ePad selection: For machine application, finishing foam pads (soft, non-abrasive) are suitable as they evenly transfer the fine abrasive particles of the polish to the surface without contributing to abrasion themselves. Hard foam pads or microfiber pads with their own abrasive effect are not ideal for a pure finishing polish — the NP 03-06 is designed for soft finishing pads. For hand application, use a soft, clean applicator cloth — on small areas (headlights, small dent areas), the polish also works well by hand; for large areas, machine application is essential for even results.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eTechnique: Apply polish, distribute at the lowest speed, and then run several overlapping passes over the area at medium speed. The final pass is done with slightly reduced speed and light pressure — this final pass levels out the faint cross-marks created by the polishing work. Check the drying time: if the polish dries too quickly (in the sun, on hot paint), it will not work optimally — ideally, polish in the garage or shade. After buffing with a microfiber cloth, immediately check for holograms — any remaining polishing marks are best seen in artificial side light.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eAreas of Application for NP 03-06 — When Finishing Polish Is the Right Step\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe NP 03-06 is the final polishing step before any sealant or ceramic coating. It is used when fine polishing marks or holograms are still present after corrective polishing and need to be removed before sealing. Typically, the NP 03-06 is step 3 or 4 in a multi-stage polishing process: after a cutting polish (hard pad + coarse polish) and a corrective polish (medium-hard pad + medium polish), the finishing polish follows as the last abrasive step.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor vehicles that do not require extensive paint correction (new paint or paint with very fine swirl marks only visible in oblique light), the NP 03-06 can also be used as the sole polishing stage — a so-called \"one-step finish.\" In this case, a lightly abrasive pad (combination pad) is combined with the finishing polish to both reduce light swirl marks and achieve maximum gloss in one step. This approach saves time but is not sufficient for deeper scratches and stronger holograms — a multi-stage process with appropriate corrective polish is unavoidable here.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOn sensitive vehicles with a thin clear coat layer (often found on older vehicles after multiple previous owner polishes or on certain manufacturers like Porsche and some BMW models), the finishing polish is particularly valuable because it uses minimal paint removal — the mild abrasion specifically removes polishing marks without unnecessarily thinning the clear coat. Paint thickness measurements before preparation help to estimate how many polishing passes are still sensible without polishing the paint too thin.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eNP 03-06 vs. PerfectFinish — Which Finishing Polish for Which Task?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIn the SONAX PROFILINE range, there are two finishing polishes for different requirements. The \u003ca href=\"\/en\/products\/sonax-profiline-perfectfinish-finish-politur\"\u003eSONAX PROFILINE PerfectFinish \"4\/6\"\u003c\/a\u003e is positioned as a more aggressive finishing polish with a slightly higher abrasive grade — it is particularly designed for use after P2000 sandpaper (hence the \"up to P2000\" suffix) and is suitable for situations where a bit more abrasion is needed after sanding to completely remove sanding marks. The NP 03-06, on the other hand, is the finer finishing polish for the final step after the corrective polishing stage.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003ePractically speaking: anyone polishing after wet sanding (e.g., after removing a deep dent or a repaint) would choose PerfectFinish as the first polishing step and optionally NP 03-06 for final hologram removal. Anyone who has worked with a corrective polish after normal detailing without sanding only needs the NP 03-06 for the finishing step. For detailers who want to cover both scenarios in practice, combining both polishes makes sense — PerfectFinish for abrasive-intensive detailing, NP 03-06 for pure high-gloss finishing steps after polishing.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eRegarding pad compatibility and machine suitability, both finishing polishes are similar — the decision mainly lies in the desired abrasive grade and the preceding preparation stage. For maximum flexibility in professional operations, we recommend having both polishes available, as the exact condition of a customer's vehicle can often only be fully assessed on the lift and under inspection lights.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eBuying SONAX PROFILINE NP 03-06 — Container Sizes and Cost-Effectiveness\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe \u003cstrong\u003eSONAX PROFILINE NP 03-06\u003c\/strong\u003e is available in three container sizes: 250 ml for beginners and occasional users, 1 liter for regular detailers and professional detailing businesses, and 5 liters for businesses with high throughput or for workshops and training. The price per milliliter significantly decreases with larger containers — for businesses that polish several vehicles weekly, the 1-liter or 5-liter container is the most economical choice.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003ePer application on an average vehicle (sedan or compact car), approximately 15–30 ml of polish are needed, depending on the number of polishing passes and pad size. The 1-liter container is therefore sufficient for 30–60 complete vehicle polishes — an excellent price-performance ratio for regular users. The 250 ml container is suitable for beginners who want to get acquainted with the polish first, or for special applications on small areas (hood, roof, individual panels after a spot repair).\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAs a complete finishing workflow, we recommend: NP 03-06 (high-gloss finishing polish) → \u003ca href=\"\/en\/products\/sonax-profiline-prepare-reiniger-kontrollspray-entfetter\"\u003eSONAX PROFILINE Prepare\u003c\/a\u003e (degreaser\/panel wipe) → \u003ca href=\"\/en\/products\/sonax-profiline-polymernetshield-lackversiegelung\"\u003eSONAX PROFILINE PolymerNetShield\u003c\/a\u003e or ceramic coating. This three-stage finishing workflow ensures that the paint, after preparation, has maximum gloss, is completely degreased, and is permanently protected by a high-quality sealant — the standard for professional detailing results.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"SONAX","offers":[{"title":"250ml","offer_id":53506699362639,"sku":"D1-SNX-2081410","price":13.51,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true},{"title":"1000 ml \/ 1 liter","offer_id":53506660401487,"sku":"D1-SNX-2083000","price":33.93,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true},{"title":"5 liters","offer_id":53506660499791,"sku":"D1-SNX-2085000","price":84.12,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true},{"title":"2x 250ml set","offer_id":53506699395407,"sku":"D1-SNX-2081410_2","price":26.48,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true},{"title":"3x 250ml set","offer_id":53506699428175,"sku":"D1-SNX-2081410_3","price":38.91,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true},{"title":"2x 1 Liter Set","offer_id":53506660434255,"sku":"D1-SNX-2083000_2","price":66.5,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true},{"title":"3 x 1 Liter Set","offer_id":53506660467023,"sku":"D1-SNX-2083000_3","price":97.72,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0800\/3272\/7375\/files\/sonax-profiline-np-03-06-hochglanz-politur-finish.png?v=1730477476"},{"product_id":"sonax-profiline-perfectfinish-finish-politur","title":"PROFILINE PerfectFinish \"4\/6\" Finish Polish (up to P2000)","description":"\u003ch2\u003eRemoving sanding marks after P2000 and creating a high gloss finish — SONAX PROFILINE PerfectFinish\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cblockquote\u003e\n  \u003cp\u003e\u003cem\u003eWhat does SONAX PROFILINE PerfectFinish do? The \"4\/6\" finish polish removes sanding marks up to P2000 grit without residue, levels the paint surface after wet sanding, and creates a mirrored high gloss finish — ideal as the first polishing step after wet or dry sanding for paint correction and spot repairs.\u003c\/em\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/blockquote\u003e\n\n\u003chr\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eIn professional paint sanding and the removal of deep paint damage, the transition from sandpaper to polish is the crucial step: wet sanding with P1500 or P2000 removes orange peel, deep scratches, or paint runs, but leaves characteristic sanding marks (halo patterns) that must be completely removed before sealing. The \u003cstrong\u003eSONAX PROFILINE PerfectFinish\u003c\/strong\u003e is the professional finish polish specifically developed for precisely this transition: abrasive enough to completely remove P2000 sanding marks, fine enough to create a crystal-clear, hologram-free high gloss finish.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSpecifically developed for use after wet sanding up to P2000.\u003c\/strong\u003e The abrasiveness of PerfectFinish is calibrated to an \"4\/6\" cutting range on the SONAX product scale — this means it's strong enough to level the micro-scratches created by P1500–P2000 sandpaper, without creating new deep holograms that would require another finishing step. In many cases, PerfectFinish is the only polishing step necessary after wet sanding to prepare the surface for sealing.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDesigned for machine polishing with rotary and orbital polishers.\u003c\/strong\u003e The PerfectFinish formula is optimized for machine use: consistent viscosity for good distribution on the pad, sufficient working time at moderate temperatures, and a drying phase that allows for clear assessment of the results. The polish works with both rotary machines (more cutting power, for stronger sanding marks) and orbital polishers (less heat generation, for the final finishing pass).\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLeaves a clear coat that is immediately ready for sealing.\u003c\/strong\u003e After polishing with PerfectFinish, the surface is free of sanding marks, holograms, and polishing oil residues — the clear coat is in a state that is immediately ready for a sealant or ceramic coating after a final panel wipe step. This immediate readiness for sealing distinguishes a good finish polish from a mediocre one that leaves fine residues after polishing.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003chr\u003e\n\n\u003cblockquote class=\"praxistipp\"\u003e\n  \u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003ePractical tip from Detailing1:\u003c\/strong\u003e PerfectFinish delivers the best results with a medium-hard combination pad on a rotary machine or with a lightly abrasive foam pad on an orbital polisher — depending on the severity of the sanding marks. After sanding, rinse the area with clear water and let it dry completely before applying the polish. Start by spreading it at low speed, then make several overlapping passes at medium speed. Perform the last pass at reduced speed to achieve an even, hologram-free result. After polishing, degrease with \u003ca href=\"\/en\/products\/sonax-profiline-prepare-reiniger-kontrollspray-entfetter\"\u003eSONAX PROFILINE Prepare\u003c\/a\u003e to completely remove polishing oil residues before sealing. For very deep sanding marks (P1000 or coarser), we recommend an intermediate step with a medium-abrasive correction stage before using PerfectFinish.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/blockquote\u003e\n\n\u003chr\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eAbrasive technology of PerfectFinish — what \"up to P2000\" means in paint sanding\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe designation \"up to P2000\" in the product description of \u003cstrong\u003eSONAX PROFILINE PerfectFinish\u003c\/strong\u003e is an important technical specification: It indicates up to which sandpaper grit the polish can completely remove the sanding marks created by it. P2000 sandpaper has a very fine grit (2000 corresponds to an average particle size of approx. 10 micrometers) and creates correspondingly fine sanding marks. P1500 creates slightly deeper grooves (average particle size approx. 13 micrometers), P1000 even deeper (approx. 18 micrometers).\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eEach of these grit sizes creates sanding marks with characteristic depth and width — the polish must be able to level these grooves with its abrasive particles. PerfectFinish contains abrasive particles whose size and hardness are calibrated to effectively level P2000 grooves. For deeper grooves (P1000 and coarser), PerfectFinish would require several passes or would be completely insufficient — here, a more abrasive correction stage is recommended first, which reduces the grooves to the P2000 level, before PerfectFinish is used. This step-by-step principle applies to all polishing and sanding processes: each step processes the grooves of the previous step.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe \"4\/6\" classification in the SONAX product scale positions PerfectFinish as a medium-fine finish polish: more abrasive than a pure high-gloss finish polish, but finer than typical correction stage polishes. This position makes PerfectFinish particularly versatile: it can be used both as the only polishing step after fine wet sanding and as the penultimate step before another high-gloss finish polish like \u003ca href=\"\/en\/products\/sonax-profiline-np-03-06-hochglanz-politur-finish\"\u003eSONAX PROFILINE NP 03-06\u003c\/a\u003e. Which variant is better depends on the desired result, the vehicle condition, and the available time budget.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe physical principle behind the transition from sanding to polishing is blending: Each sanding or polishing stage creates a new, finer pattern of grooves that overlays the pattern of the previous stage. If the new pattern is finer than the original refractive index threshold of light, the surface appears optically smooth. PerfectFinish reworks the P2000 grooves with abrasive particles so fine that the surface microstructures remaining after polishing are below the human eye's perception threshold — and the surface appears accordingly glossy.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eApplying PerfectFinish correctly — pad selection and technique guidelines for optimal results\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe application of finish polish begins with correct pad selection, which is crucial for the result. For use after wet sanding (P1500–P2000), combination pads with slight intrinsic abrasiveness are recommended, which support the corrective performance of PerfectFinish and enable efficient sanding mark removal in just a few passes. For use as a second finish step after a correction stage, softer finish pads are suitable, which level out any remaining light polishing marks. Pad hardness directly affects effective abrasiveness: a hard pad with a moderately abrasive polish like PerfectFinish can achieve similar overall performance as a soft pad with a more aggressive polish.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eMachine selection: The rotary polisher offers more cutting power than the orbital machine for processing sanding marks and is the faster option for heavily pronounced P1500 sanding marks. The orbital machine reduces heat generation and is better suited for delicate paints or as a final step for hologram minimization. Many professionals use a combination for PerfectFinish: initial passes with the rotary machine at medium speed for sanding mark removal, then a final pass with the orbital machine at low speed for a hologram-free high gloss.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eResult control: Evaluate polishing work under correction light (LED floodlight or daylight at an oblique angle). Remaining sanding marks are visible under this light as parallel line patterns, holograms as random swirl patterns. If P2000 sanding marks are still visible after several passes with PerfectFinish, it indicates either insufficient polishing pressure, too low speed, or an unsuitable pad — a common mistake is switching too early to a pad that is too soft, which does not sufficiently level the sanding marks.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eAreas of application for PerfectFinish — paint correction, spot repair, and repainting\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe \u003cstrong\u003eSONAX PROFILINE PerfectFinish\u003c\/strong\u003e is indispensable in several professional application scenarios. Paint residues and runs after repainting: Fresh paint layers sometimes develop runs, sags, and orange peel effects that are mechanically removed by sanding and polishing. Wet sanding with P2000 levels the surface, and PerfectFinish brings the high gloss to the finished level — a standard workflow in paint shops and body shops.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eDeep individual scratches and stone chip aftertreatment: After spot repair (sanding and partial painting), the repaired area must be polished out and brought to the gloss level of the surrounding area. PerfectFinish is the right tool for this transition area: It removes the sanding marks from the spot repair and creates a gloss that seamlessly blends into the surrounding paint. On small repair areas, PerfectFinish can also be applied by hand with an applicator if the repair area is too small for machine processing.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eGeneral paint correction for heavily damaged vehicles: For vehicles with deep swirl marks, heavy holograms, or mechanical damage, a multi-stage process is necessary — a coarse correction stage for the main work, then PerfectFinish for the transition to high gloss. In this context, PerfectFinish replaces the separate sanding and finishing combination when the previous stage has already been brought to P1500–P2000 level. For this broad application area, availability in 5 liters is particularly attractive for businesses with high polishing volumes.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003ePerfectFinish vs. NP 03-06 — which finish polish for which application\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe most common question when buying a finish polish from the SONAX PROFILINE range: When PerfectFinish, when \u003ca href=\"\/en\/products\/sonax-profiline-np-03-06-hochglanz-politur-finish\"\u003eNP 03-06\u003c\/a\u003e? The answer lies in the pre-treatment: PerfectFinish \"4\/6\" is designed for situations where the surface was sanded before polishing (P1500–P2000 wet sanding) and stronger sanding marks are present. NP 03-06, on the other hand, is the finer finish polish for the last step after a correction polish — when there are no sanding marks, but only fine polishing marks and holograms from the previous polishing stage.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003ePractically speaking: If a vehicle comes in for polishing after a repaint or wet sanding, PerfectFinish is the first polishing step. If a vehicle comes in for finishing after a normal abrasive correction stage (polishing without prior sanding), NP 03-06 is the right step. For detailers who want to cover both scenarios, we recommend having both polishes available — the vehicle and its pre-treatment determine which polish is used. In a two-stage combination (PerfectFinish after sanding, then NP 03-06 as the final finish), outstanding results can be achieved on paints that require maximum high gloss.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor beginners who only want to buy one finish polish: NP 03-06 is the safer all-round choice for vehicles without prior sanding. PerfectFinish is indispensable for vehicles with prior wet sanding — it can also be used on vehicles without sanding marks, but requires more passes than NP 03-06 to achieve a hologram-free result. The added value of PerfectFinish therefore lies in its ability to handle sanding marks, not just pure gloss generation.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eBuying SONAX PROFILINE PerfectFinish — container sizes and economical use\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe \u003cstrong\u003eSONAX PROFILINE PerfectFinish\u003c\/strong\u003e is available in 250 ml, 1 liter, and 5 liter sizes, as well as 2-piece and 3-piece sets. The 250 ml container is suitable for beginners and occasional users, as well as for evaluating the polish before a larger order. The 1-liter container is the most economical standard size for regular detailers and smaller detailing businesses — one liter is sufficient for approximately 30–50 complete vehicle polishes. The 5-liter container is aimed at body shops, paint shops, and detailing businesses with high polishing volumes who use the polish daily and require the lowest price per liter.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor businesses that have wet sanding as a regular part of their service offering (e.g., paint correction, polishing out new paint, spot repair), PerfectFinish is an indispensable component of their polishing kit. In combination with NP 03-06 for the final high-gloss finish, Prepare for the panel wipe step, and a sealant, PerfectFinish covers the complete post-sanding workflow. This workflow is a professional standard in body shops and high-end detailing businesses.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIn summary, SONAX PROFILINE PerfectFinish is the product for all situations where sanding marks up to P2000 need to be removed and a high gloss finish is desired. Anyone who regularly performs wet sanding preparations, polishes out spot repairs, or brings new paint to a high gloss needs PerfectFinish as an integral part of their toolkit — it precisely and reliably bridges the gap between sandpaper and high-gloss finish polish.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"SONAX","offers":[{"title":"250ml","offer_id":53506852782415,"sku":"D1-SNX-2241410","price":18.38,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true},{"title":"1000 ml \/ 1 liter","offer_id":53506852815183,"sku":"D1-SNX-2243000","price":50.97,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true},{"title":"5 liters","offer_id":53506852847951,"sku":"D1-SNX-2245000","price":155.91,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true},{"title":"2x 250ml set","offer_id":53506852880719,"sku":"D1-SNX-2241410_2","price":36.02,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true},{"title":"3x 250ml set","offer_id":53506852913487,"sku":"D1-SNX-2241410_3","price":52.93,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true},{"title":"2x 1 Liter Set","offer_id":53506852946255,"sku":"D1-SNX-2243000_2","price":99.9,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true},{"title":"3 x 1 Liter Set","offer_id":53506852979023,"sku":"D1-SNX-2243000_3","price":146.79,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0800\/3272\/7375\/files\/sonax-profiline-perfectfinish-finish-politur.png?v=1730639593"},{"product_id":"sonax-profiline-cut-finish-einstufen-politur","title":"PROFILINE Cut+Finish \"5\/5\" One-Step Polish (up to P1500)","description":"\u003ch2\u003eRemove sanding marks and achieve high gloss in one step with SONAX Cut+Finish\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cblockquote\u003e\n  \u003cp\u003e\u003cem\u003eWhat can SONAX Cut+Finish do? A one-step polish with maximum abrasive performance (5\/5) and maximum gloss level (5\/5) — removes sanding marks up to P1500 and delivers a high-gloss finish in one pass, silicone-free and low-dust.\u003c\/em\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/blockquote\u003e\n\n\u003chr\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eIn professional paint detailing, there's a recurring situation: The paint has been wet-sanded—whether for defect correction, after a spot repair, or to remove orange peel—and now the sanding marks need to go. Normally, this means two steps: an abrasive polish to remove the marks, followed by a finishing polish for high gloss. \u003cstrong\u003eSONAX Cut+Finish\u003c\/strong\u003e combines both steps in one product. With an abrasive performance and gloss level of 5\/5 each, it removes sanding marks from sandpaper up to P1500 grit and leaves a high-gloss, hologram-free surface in a single pass. For workshops and detailers who need to quickly achieve a saleable result after sanding, this represents significant time savings.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMaximum abrasive performance with maximum gloss.\u003c\/strong\u003e The 5\/5 rating for cut and 5\/5 for finish is unique in the SONAX PROFILINE range—no other product in the series achieves the highest score in both categories. The special abrasive combination gradually breaks down during the polishing process: It starts with high aggressiveness to remove sanding marks and ends with a fine distribution that creates high gloss. This behavior explains why a single pass is sufficient where other products require two separate steps.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSilicone-free and workshop-friendly.\u003c\/strong\u003e In paint shops, silicone-free is not an option, but a requirement. Silicone-containing polishes can cause craters and wetting defects during repainting—a problem that only becomes visible after the paint application, thus rendering the entire work step useless. The Cut+Finish is therefore deliberately formulated to be silicone-free and can be used directly next to the spray booth without contamination risk.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLow-dust processing with long open time.\u003c\/strong\u003e The polish remains moist and pliable throughout the polishing process, without dusting or drying out. This long open time gives you the freedom to extend the polishing pass if the paint requires it—without fear of polishing dust settling in crevices and joints. Subsequent wiping is achieved in one go, without the need for re-cleaning.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003chr\u003e\n\n\u003cblockquote class=\"praxistipp\"\u003e\n  \u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003ePractical tip from Detailing1:\u003c\/strong\u003e Use Cut+Finish with a rotary polisher and a medium-hard to hard foam pad (orange or white in the SONAX color system). Start with a speed of 1200 to 1500 rpm and gradually increase to a maximum of 1800 rpm if necessary. Apply three to four pea-sized dots to the pad, spread the polish at low speed, and work in passes with about 50 percent overlap. Polish each section until the polish becomes clear—this is the moment when the abrasives have completely broken down and high gloss appears.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/blockquote\u003e\n\n\u003chr\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eAbrasive performance 5\/5 and gloss 5\/5 — how Cut+Finish achieves both in one step\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eThe secret of \u003cstrong\u003eSONAX Cut+Finish\u003c\/strong\u003e lies in its abrasive technology: The abrasive particles in the formulation are designed to progressively break down under pressure and heat. At the beginning of the polishing process, the particles are large enough to remove coarse sanding marks from P1500 sandpaper—a task normally reserved for a dedicated abrasive polish. As the polishing pass continues, the particles break down into increasingly finer fragments, which are ultimately so small that they polish the surface to a high gloss without leaving new micro-scratches.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eThis progressive abrasion is why the polish needs a complete pass to unleash its full potential. If you stop too early—for example, after thirty seconds instead of two minutes per section—you'll remain in the abrasive stage, and while the coarse marks will be removed, you won't achieve high gloss. The polishing pass is only complete when the polish on the paint becomes clear and the typical gloss is visible. Recognizing this point requires a little experience—but after the first two to three polished components, you'll quickly get a feel for it.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eA common misunderstanding: Some users believe that a 5\/5 polish is more aggressive than a pure abrasive polish like \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/detailing1.de\/products\/sonax-profiline-cutmax-schleif-politur\"\u003eSONAX CutMax (6\/4)\u003c\/a\u003e. The opposite is true—the CutMax with 6\/4 has higher abrasive performance and can remove coarser defects, such as sanding marks from P1000 paper. The Cut+Finish starts at P1500 and achieves the same gloss result there that would otherwise only be achieved with an additional finishing step. If you need to sand more coarsely, you'll need the CutMax as a first step—the Cut+Finish is then the quick one-step solution for lighter to medium sanding jobs.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eApplying one-step polish correctly — machine type, pad selection, and technique\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eThe \u003cstrong\u003eCut+Finish\u003c\/strong\u003e is primarily developed for rotary polishers. The reason: A rotary polisher generates more heat and friction through its purely rotating movement than an orbital polisher—precisely the energy that the progressive breakdown of abrasives needs to go through the full spectrum from cut to high gloss. The polish also works on an orbital polisher, but with reduced abrasive performance: The eccentric movement generates less heat, so the particles break down more slowly and the polishing pass takes longer.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eThe \u003cstrong\u003epad selection\u003c\/strong\u003e largely determines the result. On a hard pad (white or orange), the Cut+Finish unleashes its full abrasive performance—ideal for post-wet-sanding. On a medium-hard pad, the abrasive performance is more moderate, which is sufficient for restoring weathered paint without prior sanding. On a soft finishing pad, the polish loses too much cut and no longer achieves the performance for which it was designed—for pure finish polishing, there are more suitable products like \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/detailing1.de\/products\/sonax-profiline-perfectfinish-finish-politur\"\u003eSONAX PerfectFinish (4\/6)\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eFor application: Apply three to four pea-sized dots of polish to the pad, spread it on the component at low speed, then increase to working speed. Work in passes with about fifty percent overlap across the entire section until the polish becomes clear. A typical section—such as half a hood—takes two to three minutes on a rotary polisher. Wipe off the polish residue with a clean microfiber cloth and check the result under an LED lamp: If sanding marks are still visible, repeat the pass with a little more pressure or higher speed.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eWhen polishing large areas—hood, roof, side panels—correct pressure distribution is crucial. Hold the machine so that the pad rests evenly on the surface, and let the weight of the machine do the work. Additional pressure from above increases the cut, but also generates more heat and can cause holograms on sensitive paints—precisely what Cut+Finish actually avoids. If you still see defects after one pass, a second pass with the same pressure is more effective than a single pass with excessive pressure.\n\nAfter polishing, degreasing with \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/detailing1.de\/products\/sonax-profiline-prepare-reiniger-kontrollspray-entfetter\"\u003eSONAX PROFILINE Prepare\u003c\/a\u003e is recommended to completely remove polish residues. Under the Prepare control spray, the actual result becomes visible—without polishing oils and fillers that can optically camouflage defects. This step is particularly important if a ceramic coating or paint protection film is to be applied afterwards.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eRemoving sanding marks after wet sanding — the ideal use cases for Cut+Finish\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eThe main application area for \u003cstrong\u003eSONAX Cut+Finish\u003c\/strong\u003e is post-processing after wet sanding with P1200 to P1500 sandpaper. In practice, you'll encounter this in several scenarios:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eIn \u003cstrong\u003espot repair post-processing\u003c\/strong\u003e in the paint shop, partial repaints and touch-ups are first wet-sanded to level the paint and reduce orange peel. Cut+Finish removes the sanding marks in one pass and brings the repaired area to the gloss level of the surrounding original paint—without the need for a second polishing step.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eIn \u003cstrong\u003enew car detailing\u003c\/strong\u003e, many vehicles show slight orange peel and transport scratches from the factory. Careful wet sanding with P1500 smooths the surface, and Cut+Finish restores the high gloss. Here, silicone-free is important: Should the new car require repainting within the warranty period, the silicone-free polish will not cause problems during repainting.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eFor \u003cstrong\u003eclassic car detailing\u003c\/strong\u003e or restoring heavily weathered paint, Cut+Finish is often sufficient as the only polishing compound if the weathering is not too deep. On original baked enamel paints, which are often softer than modern water-based paints, Cut+Finish offers enough cut to remove the oxidized layer and enough finish to bring out the underlying gloss.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eAnother common scenario in practice: \u003cstrong\u003eScratch removal without prior sanding.\u003c\/strong\u003e Not every scratch requires reaching for sandpaper. Superficial scratches that are only in the clear coat and disappear when wet can be directly polished out with Cut+Finish. The abrasive performance of 5\/5 is sufficient to abrade the damaged clear coat layer enough for the scratch to disappear—and the high gloss of 5\/5 ensures that the spot doesn't appear duller than the surrounding paint afterwards. For this application, a medium-hard polishing pad is recommended instead of a hard pad to control the cut more precisely.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eWhere Cut+Finish reaches its limits: For sanding marks from P1000 and coarser, it lacks the abrasive performance for complete removal in one pass. Here, CutMax (6\/4) is the better choice as a first step, followed by a finish with PerfectFinish or NP 03-06. Cut+Finish is not a substitute for a dedicated abrasive polish for heavy defect removal—it is the one-step solution for the P1200 to P1500 range, where it fully plays to its strengths. Also, on extremely hard ceramic clear coats, such as those used by some German premium manufacturers, Cut+Finish may require more passes than on softer Japanese or Korean paint systems—the abrasives break down more slowly on the hard substrate, and the polishing process takes correspondingly longer.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eOne-step polish comparison — Cut+Finish vs. CutMax vs. PerfectFinish\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eIn the SONAX PROFILINE range, Cut+Finish, CutMax, and PerfectFinish form a logical gradation that covers different requirements:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCutMax (6\/4)\u003c\/strong\u003e is the pure abrasive polish—maximum cut (6\/5), moderate gloss (4\/5). It is used when coarse defects such as sanding marks from P1000, deep scratches, or heavy weathering need to be removed. After CutMax, a finishing step is almost always necessary because the gloss result alone is not sufficient.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003ePerfectFinish (4\/6)\u003c\/strong\u003e is the counterpart: moderate cut (4\/5), maximum gloss (6\/5). It is designed for the finishing step after an abrasive polish and produces the last quantum of high gloss needed for concours results and showroom quality.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSONAX Cut+Finish (5\/5)\u003c\/strong\u003e sits right in the middle and is the all-rounder: It achieves the cut of a medium abrasive polish and the gloss of a good finishing polish in one pass. The advantage is obvious—time saving, fewer pad changes, less polish residue. The disadvantage: If you need to reach extreme values—heaviest defect removal or absolute ultimate high gloss—you're better off with the two-step process of CutMax and PerfectFinish. For an estimated seventy percent of everyday polishing jobs in workshops and detailing, Cut+Finish is completely sufficient as the sole polishing compound.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eCompared to polishes from other manufacturers, Cut+Finish positions itself as the workshop-oriented solution: The silicone-free, low-dust processing, and long open time are characteristics that make a difference in daily workshop operations. Hobby detailers who only polish once a year will notice these advantages less—for them, the end result is what counts most. In a workshop that polishes ten to fifteen vehicles a week, however, these advantages add up to a noticeable increase in efficiency: less cleaning effort due to dust-free operation, no contamination risk due to silicone-free, less product waste due to controlled consistency.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eBuying one-step polish — container sizes and recommendation\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eThe \u003cstrong\u003eCut+Finish\u003c\/strong\u003e is available in 250 ml and 1000 ml. For beginners or occasional use on your own vehicle, the 250 ml bottle is sufficient—it will polish a complete vehicle and leave some in reserve for touch-ups. For workshops and professional detailers who polish daily, the 1000 ml bottle is the more economical choice: The price per liter drops significantly, and you'll need to reorder less frequently.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eFor an optimal workflow, we recommend the combination: Cut+Finish as the main polish, \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/detailing1.de\/products\/sonax-profiline-prepare-reiniger-kontrollspray-entfetter\"\u003eSONAX Prepare\u003c\/a\u003e for result control and degreasing, and \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/detailing1.de\/products\/sonax-profiline-polymernetshield-lackversiegelung\"\u003eSONAX PolymerNetShield\u003c\/a\u003e as the final sealant. This trio covers the entire process from defect correction to long-term protection—in three steps instead of five or six that a multi-step process with separate abrasive and finishing polishes would require.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eWith multiple vehicles per day, another advantage of Cut+Finish becomes apparent: You only need one product and one set of pads, instead of switching between abrasive and finishing polishes. This not only reduces setup time but also the risk of confusion—in a workshop where several employees are polishing, a simple one-product system is less prone to errors than a three-step process with different polishes and pad combinations.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eA practical note on storage: Cut+Finish can slightly separate during prolonged storage—the abrasives settle at the bottom. Shake the bottle thoroughly before each use until the consistency is evenly creamy. Store the product frost-free and sealed, and it will maintain its full performance throughout its shelf life. Frozen polish loses its homogeneous consistency and cannot be processed evenly even after thawing.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"SONAX","offers":[{"title":"250ml","offer_id":53519485403471,"sku":"D1-SNX-2251410","price":18.77,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true},{"title":"1000 ml \/ 1 liter","offer_id":53519485436239,"sku":"D1-SNX-2253000","price":55.45,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true},{"title":"2x 250ml set","offer_id":53519485501775,"sku":"D1-SNX-2251410_2","price":36.79,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true},{"title":"3x 250ml set","offer_id":53519485534543,"sku":"D1-SNX-2251410_3","price":54.06,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true},{"title":"2x 1 Liter Set","offer_id":53519485567311,"sku":"D1-SNX-2253000_2","price":108.68,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true},{"title":"3 x 1 Liter Set","offer_id":53519485600079,"sku":"D1-SNX-2253000_3","price":159.7,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0800\/3272\/7375\/files\/sonax-profiline-cut-finish-einstufen-politur.png?v=1730642087"},{"product_id":"sonax-profiline-ultimatecut-schleif-politur","title":"PROFILINE UltimateCut \"6+\/3\" Sanding and Polishing Compound (up to P1000)","description":"\u003ch2\u003eProfessionally remove deep scratches and P1000 sanding marks — SONAX PROFILINE UltimateCut\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cblockquote\u003e\n  \u003cp\u003e\u003cem\u003eWhat does SONAX PROFILINE UltimateCut do? The strongest cut compound in the PROFILINE polishing range removes deep scratches, heavy swirl marks, and sanding marks down to P1000 grit — for massive paint correction before finish polishing.\u003c\/em\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/blockquote\u003e\n\n\u003chr\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eDeep individual scratches, extensive swirl marks after years of neglect, paint runs after repainting, or sanding marks from P800–P1000 sandpaper: These types of damage are too severe for normal corrective polishes. The \u003cstrong\u003eSONAX PROFILINE UltimateCut\u003c\/strong\u003e is the answer to these extreme demands: the strongest abrasive polish in the PROFILINE range with a \"6+\/3\" rating — maximum abrasiveness for maximum corrective performance, developed for professional use on heavily damaged paints where milder products would be overwhelmed.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMaximum abrasive power for the strongest paint correction.\u003c\/strong\u003e With a \"6+\/3\" rating, UltimateCut is the most abrasive product in the SONAX PROFILINE polishing line. Its coarse abrasive particles can completely level sanding marks from P1000 sandpaper in just a few machine passes — a task for which milder polishes like PerfectFinish or OS polishes would require significantly more passes or fail entirely. The high abrasive power significantly reduces processing time for heavily damaged paints.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDesigned for rotary polishers and fast dual-action polishers.\u003c\/strong\u003e UltimateCut is developed for high-performance machine use — with rotary polishers (DA polishers) and fast dual-action polishers with large throws. Hand application is less effective with this abrasive power; the mechanical energy of the machine is necessary to fully activate the strong abrasive particles and achieve an even corrective effect. High-performance use is its intended profile.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCombinable with the multi-stage PROFILINE polishing process.\u003c\/strong\u003e UltimateCut is designed as the first step in a multi-stage polishing process: After the UltimateCut step (maximum correction), a medium correction stage typically follows (e.g., FS 05-04), and then a finish stage (PerfectFinish or NP 03-06). This staged process ensures that any remaining polishing marks from the aggressive first step are completely removed by subsequent stages before the surface is sealed.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003chr\u003e\n\n\u003cblockquote class=\"praxistipp\"\u003e\n  \u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003ePractical tip from Detailing1:\u003c\/strong\u003e Only use UltimateCut where the depth of damage truly requires it — too much abrasive power on thin paint layers can remove unnecessary material and endanger the paint. Before using UltimateCut, perform paint thickness measurements to ensure sufficient material for multi-stage processing. Start with a hard, abrasive pad (lambswool pad or hard foam pad) on a rotary polisher at medium speed (3–4). After the UltimateCut step, check the surface for any remaining polishing marks and proceed with \u003ca href=\"\/en\/products\/sonax-profiline-perfectfinish-finish-politur\"\u003eSONAX PROFILINE PerfectFinish\u003c\/a\u003e as the next stage. For the final high-gloss finish, then use \u003ca href=\"\/en\/products\/sonax-profiline-np-03-06-hochglanz-politur-finish\"\u003eSONAX PROFILINE NP 03-06\u003c\/a\u003e. Change pads between stages — abrasive particles from different stages should not be mixed.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/blockquote\u003e\n\n\u003chr\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eAbrasive technology of UltimateCut — what \"6+\/3\" and \"up to P1000\" mean in the polishing process\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe designations \"6+\/3\" and \"up to P1000\" in the product specification for \u003cstrong\u003eSONAX PROFILINE UltimateCut\u003c\/strong\u003e provide important clues about its position and application profile. \"6+\/3\" describes the abrasive rating in the SONAX polishing product hierarchy: Higher numbers indicate more aggressive abrasion. UltimateCut, with \"6+\/3,\" is at the upper end of this scale — the first three digits describe the cutting performance in use; the format is a specific Sonax-internal classification method.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe \"up to P1000\" specification is the most practically relevant: It indicates that UltimateCut is capable of completely leveling sanding marks from P1000 sandpaper. P1000 is a medium-coarse grit (particle size approx. 18 micrometers), typically used as the first sanding grit in wet sanding to remove paint runs, orange peel after repainting, or deep scratches. Sanding marks of this depth are too deep for fine corrective polishes (NP 03-06, PerfectFinish) — they require the abrasive power of UltimateCut to be brought to a level that subsequent stages can further process.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe abrasive particles in UltimateCut have a controlled particle size, which enables strong corrective performance without creating uncontrollably deep scratches. Modern compound polishes often use abrasive particles that break down into smaller particles through polishing — this \"diminishing abrasive\" effect means that the polish is very aggressive at the beginning (coarse particles) but becomes milder towards the end of the polishing pass (broken down, smaller particles). This reduces the depth of residual polishing marks and facilitates further processing in the next stage. The UltimateCut formula uses this principle to leave a surface after the correction step that can be further treated with a medium-abrasive polish or directly with PerfectFinish.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe lubricating properties of the UltimateCut formula play a crucial secondary role: A cut compound must not only be abrasive but also provide sufficient lubrication for the pad so that the mechanical energy of the machine is controlled and converted into abrasion, not heat generation. Formulas that are too dry cut well initially but overheat quickly and can create dry-run marks on the paint if there is insufficient lubrication. UltimateCut is formulated with a balance of abrasive power and lubrication that is suitable for high-performance use over longer polishing passes. On large vehicles (SUVs, vans, heavy sedans), this balance is particularly important, as the entire polishing job takes significantly longer than on a compact vehicle.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAn important aspect when using high-cut compounds like UltimateCut is heat input: High abrasive power during machine use generates significant heat at the contact point between the pad and the paint. Overheated paint can burn (orange-brown discoloration), soften, or develop cracks due to thermal stress. Therefore: use a rotary polisher at moderate speed, sufficient product on the pad (lubricating effect reduces heat), and regularly check the paint temperature between passes.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eApplying UltimateCut correctly — machine, pad, and multi-stage process\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe application of the cut compound begins with machine selection: For maximum cutting performance when treating deep scratches and P1000 sanding marks, the rotary polisher (Single Action, SA) is the first choice — it delivers more torque and removal power than a dual-action polisher. For users who only have a dual-action polisher, we recommend a hard foam pad or a hybrid wool pad and several intensive passes — the result is acceptable, but slower than with a rotary machine.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003ePad selection: For UltimateCut, hard or medium-hard abrasive pads (lambswool pads, hybrid wool pads, or hard foam pads) are suitable. Soft finishing pads significantly reduce abrasive performance and should not be used for UltimateCut. Before use, clean the pad with a pad washer or cloth to remove old polish residues — particles from a previous polishing stage still in the pad can cause scratches during UltimateCut application.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eApplication sequence: Apply a small amount of UltimateCut to the pad, spread it at low speed, then work with medium to high speed in intensive overlapping passes over the surface. The polish dries relatively quickly — at room temperature and normal humidity, work in sections. After the UltimateCut step: completely remove polish residues with a microfiber cloth, check the surface under a correction light for any remaining sanding marks. If P1000 marks are still visible, repeat the UltimateCut step. If not, proceed to the next polishing stage.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eAreas of application for UltimateCut — when maximum corrective power is needed\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe \u003cstrong\u003eUltimateCut\u003c\/strong\u003e is used in situations where milder polishes are insufficient. Wet sanding after repainting: After painting work in a workshop or body shop, fresh paint often exhibits orange peel, paint runs, or inclusions. These are mechanically leveled by wet sanding with P800–P1000. The deep sanding marks created are a classic task for UltimateCut as the first polishing step.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eHeavily damaged old paintwork: Vehicles that have never been polished for years and show severe extensive swirl marks, deep individual scratches from car washes, or oxidation marks require maximum corrective performance to be brought to a presentable gloss level. UltimateCut is the powerful first step that brings the level of damage to a point where corrective polishes can further refine it. Often, for heavily damaged paintwork, the combination of UltimateCut + FS 05-04 + PerfectFinish + NP 03-06 is necessary.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSpot repair and color transition areas: For spot painting, the repaired area must be polished out and brought to the gloss level of the surrounding area. Depending on the grit of sandpaper used, UltimateCut may be necessary as the first polishing step. In transition and blending areas, a gentler approach is needed to avoid removing too much material from the surrounding paint area, which is already in good condition — here, UltimateCut should be used precisely on the repair spot, not on the transition area.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eVehicles with very thick clear coat layers (factory paints from the early 2000s or certain classic car repaints) can tolerate intensive multiple treatments with UltimateCut without entering risky paint thickness areas. Modern vehicles with thinner clear coat layers (especially from Asian and some German manufacturers with special paints) require more careful dosing of abrasive energy — one or two machine passes, then paint thickness measurement, before proceeding further. This controlled approach is not a sign of over-caution, but rather a professional standard for sustainable paint correction that does not compromise the vehicle for future detailing.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eUltimateCut in the polishing pyramid — position and combination strategies\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe SONAX PROFILINE polishing line offers a complete abrasive hierarchy for every degree of damage. At the top of the abrasive power is \u003cstrong\u003eUltimateCut\u003c\/strong\u003e as a cut compound, followed by \u003ca href=\"\/en\/products\/sonax-profiline-fs-05-04-schleif-politur\"\u003eSONAX PROFILINE FS 05-04\u003c\/a\u003e as a medium-abrasive correction stage. The finishing stages are \u003ca href=\"\/en\/products\/sonax-profiline-perfectfinish-finish-politur\"\u003eSONAX PROFILINE PerfectFinish\u003c\/a\u003e (after wet sanding) and NP 03-06 (finest high-gloss finish). This polishing pyramid allows for the step-by-step treatment of any degree of damage to a flawless high-gloss finish.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor detailers and detailing businesses that use the complete PROFILINE polishing system, a clear decision logic emerges: Scratch depth determines the entry point into the pyramid. Damage deeper than P1000 → UltimateCut as a start. Damage between P1500 and P2000 → PerfectFinish as a start. Only fine swirl marks → NP 03-06 or OS 02-06 as a single stage. This systematic approach based on the degree of damage is a professional standard that saves time and prevents over-processing of the paint.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eCompared to third-party cut compounds, UltimateCut as a PROFILINE product offers the advantage of system compatibility: It is coordinated with the subsequent PROFILINE polishing stages and leaves a surface after the correction step that can be optimally processed with these products. The use of cut compounds from different manufacturers in combination with PROFILINE finish polishes is possible, but the coordination of particle sizes is then not guaranteed.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eBuying SONAX PROFILINE UltimateCut — containers and recommended use\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSONAX PROFILINE UltimateCut\u003c\/strong\u003e is available in 250 ml, 1 liter, and 5 liter sizes, as well as 2-pack and 3-pack sets. The 250 ml container is suitable for beginners and occasional users, the 1-liter container for regular professional use, and the 5-liter container for body shops and high-throughput polishing operations. Approximately 20–50 ml are needed per complete vehicle paint correction with UltimateCut, depending on the paint condition and vehicle size — the 1-liter container is therefore sufficient for 20–50 complete detailing jobs.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eUltimateCut should be in the toolkit of every body shop and detailer who offers paint correction after wet sanding or heavy swirl removal as a service. It is not an everyday product for regular maintenance detailing, but rather a specialized tool for cases where truly maximum corrective performance is needed. The investment in UltimateCut pays off through significantly reduced processing times for difficult paintwork — which directly translates into the economic efficiency of paint correction services.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIn summary, SONAX PROFILINE UltimateCut is the strongest corrective tool in the PROFILINE polishing range for all situations where milder polishes are insufficient. Those who regularly polish out new paint jobs, continue after P1000 wet sanding, or correct heavily damaged old paintwork will find the power and efficiency necessary for these demanding tasks in UltimateCut.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"SONAX","offers":[{"title":"250ml","offer_id":53519971909967,"sku":"D1-SNX-2391410","price":20.26,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true},{"title":"1000 ml \/ 1 liter","offer_id":53519971942735,"sku":"D1-SNX-2393000","price":60.4,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true},{"title":"5 liters","offer_id":53519971975503,"sku":"D1-SNX-2395000","price":196.82,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true},{"title":"2x 250ml set","offer_id":53519972008271,"sku":"D1-SNX-2391410_2","price":39.71,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true},{"title":"3x 250ml set","offer_id":53519972041039,"sku":"D1-SNX-2391410_3","price":58.35,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true},{"title":"2x 1 Liter Set","offer_id":53519972073807,"sku":"D1-SNX-2393000_2","price":118.38,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true},{"title":"3 x 1 Liter Set","offer_id":53519972106575,"sku":"D1-SNX-2393000_3","price":173.95,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0800\/3272\/7375\/files\/sonax-profiline-ultimatecut-schleif-politur.png?v=1730646033"},{"product_id":"sonax-profiline-ex-04-06-hochglanz-politur","title":"PROFILINE EX \"04-06\" High Gloss Polish (Finish)","description":"\u003ch2\u003eHologram-Free High-Gloss Finish with SONAX EX 04-06 Polish for Dual Action Polishers\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cblockquote\u003e\n  \u003cp\u003e\u003cem\u003eWhat can the SONAX EX 04-06 do? Finish polish with a cutting power of 4 and gloss level of 6 — specially developed for dual action polishers, removes minor paint defects and delivers a hologram-free high-gloss finish in one step, silicone-free and low-dust.\u003c\/em\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/blockquote\u003e\n\n\u003chr\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eDual action polishers are the preferred choice for many detailers because they are safer to handle than rotary machines — less heat generation, less risk of holograms, less danger of burning through the clear coat. The problem: Not every polish is optimized for dual action movement. Many polishes that work excellently on a rotary machine only unleash a fraction of their performance on a dual action polisher because the lower heat development slows down particle breakdown. \u003cstrong\u003eSONAX EX 04-06\u003c\/strong\u003e was specifically developed for this machine concept: its abrasive combination reliably breaks down even with the lower friction energy of a dual action machine and, with a cutting power of 4\/5 and a gloss level of 6\/5, delivers a result that is almost identical on a dual action polisher to a two-step process of compounding and finishing polish on a rotary machine. For anyone working with a dual action polisher and wanting to correct minor to medium paint defects, the EX 04-06 is the logical choice.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eOptimized for dual action movement.\u003c\/strong\u003e The formulation of EX 04-06 is tailored to the specific kinematics of dual action polishers. The abrasive particles break down at a lower temperature and less pressure than with classic rotary polishes — this means you achieve full performance on the dual action machine without having to apply excessive pressure. This behavior makes the EX 04-06 particularly beginner-friendly: even without years of polishing experience, you can achieve a professional result with moderate pressure and medium speed.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eHologram-free high gloss.\u003c\/strong\u003e A gloss level of 6\/5 — the highest rating in the SONAX system — means that the polish leaves a finish free of holograms, swirls, and polishing marks. On dark paints, where every defect is immediately visible, this point is crucial. The EX 04-06 creates a result on black or dark blue paint that looks flawless even under direct sunlight and LED inspection lights.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSilicone-free and body shop safe.\u003c\/strong\u003e Like all SONAX PROFILINE polishes, the EX 04-06 is formulated silicone-free. This is essential in body shops that polish and paint simultaneously — silicone residues on adjacent vehicles or workshop surfaces can cause craters during refinishing. Its silicone-free nature also makes the EX 04-06 the first choice for preparation before ceramic coating, where an absolutely silicone-free surface optimizes adhesion.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003chr\u003e\n\n\u003cblockquote class=\"praxistipp\"\u003e\n  \u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003ePractical Tip from Detailing1:\u003c\/strong\u003e Use the EX 04-06 with a medium-hard foam pad (orange in the SONAX color system) at a speed of 4 to 5 on the dual action polisher. Apply three pea-sized dots to the pad, spread at a low speed, and then work with medium pressure in slow, overlapping passes. The key to the perfect result: slow machine guidance. Move the machine at about two to three centimeters per second over the surface — significantly slower than most beginners would intuitively do. Only then do the abrasives have enough contact time to fully remove defects and develop high gloss.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/blockquote\u003e\n\n\u003chr\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eFinish Polish for Dual Action Polishers — why the EX series is formulated differently from rotary polishes\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eThe \u003cstrong\u003eSONAX EX 04-06\u003c\/strong\u003e belongs to the EX series, which SONAX specifically developed for dual action polishers. The technical background: A dual action machine moves the pad in a circular path with simultaneous rotation — this dual movement generates less friction energy per unit area than the pure rotational movement of a rotary machine. Polishes developed for rotation require this higher energy to fully break down their abrasives. On a dual action machine, they only partially break down — the result is coarse residual particles that leave micro-scratches and holograms instead of creating high gloss.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eThe EX series solves this problem through adapted particle size and binder matrix. The abrasives are smaller and break down with less energy input — perfect for dual action movement. The disadvantage: On a rotary machine, the abrasive breaks down too quickly, and the polish loses its cutting power before the defects are fully removed. The EX 04-06 is therefore not a substitute for rotary polishes like CutMax or Cut+Finish — it is their counterpart for a different class of machine.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eIn practice, the difference is particularly noticeable on hard European clear coats, which are more difficult to work on with a dual action machine than soft Japanese paints. The EX 04-06 offers sufficient working time and cutting power on these paints to work consistently even after several polishing passes — a point that cheaper dual action polishes often fail to deliver because their formulation is exhausted after the first pass.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eA practical aspect: Many detailers own both a dual action and a rotary machine and switch depending on the component. On large, flat surfaces such as the hood and roof, the rotary machine is more efficient; on edges, body lines, and curved areas, the dual action machine offers more safety. In this mixed workflow, the EX 04-06 is the finishing product for all dual action sections — while a polish like Cut+Finish or PerfectFinish is used for rotary sections. Those who want to work consistently with a single machine and prefer the dual action machine will find a complete system in the EX series that requires no compromise on performance.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eApplying Dual Action Polish Correctly — Speed, Pressure, and Machine Guidance\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eThe application of \u003cstrong\u003eEX 04-06\u003c\/strong\u003e on a dual action polisher follows a clear pattern: medium-hard to soft polishing pad, medium speed (level 4 to 5 on most machines), moderate pressure, and slow machine guidance. This combination is the key to a hologram-free result.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eApply three pea-sized dots of polish to the pad and spread them at the lowest speed on the component. Then increase to working speed and polish in slow, overlapping passes over the entire section. Slow here means: two to three centimeters per second. Most beginners move the machine too quickly — the pad glides over the surface without enough time to remove the defects. Slower guidance increases the contact time per unit area and fully utilizes the abrasive.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003ePressure\u003c\/strong\u003e should be moderate — just enough for the pad to lie evenly on the surface. Unlike with a rotary machine, where more pressure means more cut, a dual action machine reacts counterproductively to excessive pressure: the dual action movement is slowed down, the pad rotates slower, and cutting power decreases instead of increasing. If you notice the machine bogging down under pressure, you're applying too much — reduce the pressure and let the machine do the work.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eA common mistake: too much polish on the pad. Three pea-sized dots are enough for a section of about fifty by fifty centimeters — more product dilutes the abrasive effect and lengthens processing time without improving the result. If the polish is still milky-thick on the surface after polishing, you either applied too much or your machine guidance was too fast. Reduce the amount on the next section and move the machine slower — the result will improve immediately.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eRegarding temperature: The dual action machine generates less heat than a rotary machine, but on dark paints in summer sun, the surface temperature can still be problematic. Work in a shaded environment or garage and occasionally check the temperature with the back of your hand. Ideal ambient temperatures are between fifteen and twenty-five degrees Celsius with moderate humidity to ensure optimal processing conditions.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eAfter polishing, wipe off residues with a clean, soft microfiber towel and check the result under an LED inspection light. On dark paints, an additional check under direct sunlight is recommended — some holograms and swirls only become visible under natural light because the LED lamp has a different angle of incidence. If you are satisfied with the result, degrease with \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/detailing1.de\/products\/sonax-profiline-prepare-reiniger-kontrollspray-entfetter\"\u003eSONAX PROFILINE Prepare\u003c\/a\u003e — only then will you see the actual result without polishing oils.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eCorrecting Minor to Medium Paint Defects — Ideal Use Cases\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eThe \u003cstrong\u003eSONAX EX 04-06\u003c\/strong\u003e is not designed for heavy defect correction — for that, there's the \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/detailing1.de\/products\/sonax-profiline-ex-05-05-schleif-politur-heavy-cut\"\u003eEX 05-05 with a cutting power of 5\/5\u003c\/a\u003e. The strength of the EX 04-06 lies in a different area: correcting minor to medium defects in one step while creating the best possible finish.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eThe most common use case is \u003cstrong\u003eone-step polishing on new or near-new paint\u003c\/strong\u003e. Vehicles one to three years old typically show wash scratches, light swirls, and a general dullness of the clear coat. The EX 04-06 removes these superficial defects in one pass and leaves a high gloss that exceeds new car levels. For detailers who regularly prepare lease returns or young used cars, this is the typical application.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eAnother scenario: \u003cstrong\u003efinish after initial compounding\u003c\/strong\u003e. If the paint was first treated with a compound (such as EX 05-05 or \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/detailing1.de\/products\/sonax-profiline-cutmax-schleif-politur\"\u003eCutMax\u003c\/a\u003e), the EX 04-06 removes remaining micro-scratches and holograms in the second step and brings the paint to a high gloss. This two-step process — compound plus finishing polish — is the gold standard in professional paint detailing and delivers the best results on demanding dark paints.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eThe EX 04-06 is also ideal for \u003cstrong\u003epreparation before a sealant or coating\u003c\/strong\u003e. Before a ceramic coating or paint protection film is applied, the paint must be in the best possible condition — any defect enclosed under the coating will remain visible for its entire lifespan. The EX 04-06 delivers precisely the surface a coating needs: defect-free, hologram-free, and free of silicone residues.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eA scenario often underestimated: the \u003cstrong\u003epreparation of vehicles with partial film wraps\u003c\/strong\u003e. If a vehicle has both painted and filmed sections, the polish must not get on the film — polishing residue can settle into the film texture and be difficult to remove there. The controlled working method of the dual action machine in combination with the EX 04-06 minimizes the risk of splatter and allows precise work right up to the film edge. For these situations, the dual action machine is clearly superior to the rotary machine because it throws less product.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eDual Action Polish Comparison — EX 04-06 vs. EX 05-05 vs. NP 03-06\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eIn the SONAX PROFILINE range, there are three finishing polishes to choose from, differing in cutting power and gloss:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eThe \u003cstrong\u003eEX 05-05\u003c\/strong\u003e is the more aggressive sister: cutting power 5\/5, gloss level 5\/5. It is used when defects are too deep for the EX 04-06 — for example, sanding marks from P1500, heavier weathering, or scratches beyond typical wash scratches. The gloss level of 5\/5 is good, but not on par with the EX 04-06 — for the highest demands on the finish, a pass with the EX 04-06 follows the EX 05-05.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eThe \u003cstrong\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/detailing1.de\/products\/sonax-profiline-np-03-06-hochglanz-politur-finish\"\u003eNP 03-06\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e is the gentlest option: cutting power 3\/5, gloss level 6\/5. It is intended for paints that have few defects and only need the final gloss refinement — for example, after thorough pre-polishing or on new cars that only need minimal freshening. Its lower abrasion also makes it the safest choice on extremely thin clear coats or historic paints, where any material removal should be minimized.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eThe \u003cstrong\u003eEX 04-06\u003c\/strong\u003e is the all-rounder between these extremes: sufficient cutting power for typical everyday defects, maximum gloss for a professional finish. For the majority of one-step polishes on a dual action machine, it is the best choice — versatile enough for daily work, powerful enough for demanding dark paints.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eBuying EX 04-06 — Container Sizes and Workflow Recommendation\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eThe \u003cstrong\u003eSONAX EX 04-06\u003c\/strong\u003e is available in 250 ml and 1000 ml sizes. The 250 ml bottle is sufficient for several complete vehicle polishes — product consumption on a dual action machine is moderate because the polish works efficiently and requires few reloads. The 1000 ml bottle is the standard size for businesses and ambitious private users who polish regularly. In the value pack set, you also save compared to individual purchase — especially for detailers who use the EX 04-06 as their standard finishing polish, the stock pack quickly pays for itself.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eFor the optimal workflow on a dual action machine, we recommend: For minor defects, the EX 04-06 as a one-step solution on a medium-hard pad. For medium defects, first the EX 05-05 on a hard pad, then the EX 04-06 on a soft pad for the finish. Afterwards, degrease with \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/detailing1.de\/products\/sonax-profiline-prepare-reiniger-kontrollspray-entfetter\"\u003eSONAX Prepare\u003c\/a\u003e and, if necessary, seal with \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/detailing1.de\/products\/sonax-profiline-polymernetshield-lackversiegelung\"\u003ePolymerNetShield\u003c\/a\u003e or a ceramic coating of your choice.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eA note on storage: The EX 04-06 tends to separate slightly after prolonged storage. Shake the bottle thoroughly before each use until the consistency is uniformly creamy. Store the product frost-free and sealed — frozen polish loses its abrasive structure and can no longer be used uniformly and should be discarded.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eFor beginners who have to choose between the EX 04-06 and a rotary polish, the recommendation is clear: Anyone with no experience with polishing machines should start with a dual action machine and the EX 04-06. This combination is significantly more forgiving than a rotary machine with an aggressive compound. You can learn the technique at your leisure, without fear of burning through or holograms. The result may not quite match that of an experienced polisher on a rotary machine — but it will be solid, safe, and more than sufficient for most demands.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"SONAX","offers":[{"title":"250ml","offer_id":53520265773391,"sku":"D1-SNX-2421410","price":14.06,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true},{"title":"1000 ml \/ 1 liter","offer_id":53520265806159,"sku":"D1-SNX-2423000","price":33.15,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true},{"title":"2x 250ml set","offer_id":53520265871695,"sku":"D1-SNX-2421410_2","price":25.91,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true},{"title":"3x 250ml set","offer_id":53520265904463,"sku":"D1-SNX-2421410_3","price":40.49,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true},{"title":"2x 1 Liter Set","offer_id":53520265937231,"sku":"D1-SNX-2423000_2","price":64.97,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true},{"title":"3x 1 Liter Set","offer_id":53520265969999,"sku":"D1-SNX-2423000_3","price":95.47,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0800\/3272\/7375\/files\/sonax-profiline-ex-04-06-hochglanz-politur.png?v=1730648016"},{"product_id":"sonax-profiline-ex-05-05-schleif-politur-heavy-cut","title":"PROFILINE EX \"05-05\" Grinding Polish (Heavy-Cut)","description":"\u003ch2\u003eRemoving deep scratches on the eccentric machine with SONAX EX 05-05 abrasive polish\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cblockquote\u003e\n  \u003cp\u003e\u003cem\u003eWhat can SONAX EX 05-05 do? Heavy-Cut abrasive polish for eccentric polishing machines with an abrasive performance of 5\/5 and gloss level 5\/5 — removes deep scratches, sanding marks up to P1500 and heavy weathering, achieves rotary-level results with the hybrid wool pad.\u003c\/em\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/blockquote\u003e\n\n\u003chr\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eEccentric polishing machines were long considered safe but weak tools — good for finishing work, but unsuitable for heavy defect correction. Deep scratches, sanding marks, and heavy weathering were the domain of rotary machines, because only they generated enough friction energy for the necessary material removal. The \u003cstrong\u003eSONAX EX 05-05\u003c\/strong\u003e breaks with this limitation. In combination with a hybrid wool pad, this abrasive polish on an eccentric machine achieves results previously reserved for rotary machines: sanding marks up to P1500 disappear in one pass, deep scratches and etching are reliably removed, and the gloss level of 5\/5 delivers a finish that often requires no additional polishing step. For detailers who want to work exclusively with an eccentric machine — or have to, because a rotary machine is too risky on certain paints — the EX 05-05 is the abrasive polish of choice.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eHeavy-Cut on the eccentric machine.\u003c\/strong\u003e With an abrasive performance of 5\/5, the EX 05-05 is the most aggressive polish in the SONAX EX series. Its abrasive combination is formulated to generate enough removal even with the lower friction energy of eccentric motion to remove deep scratches and sanding marks up to P1500. In combination with the hybrid wool pad — a pad that combines foam and lamb's wool fibers — the removal performance is noticeably increased again, because the wool fibers generate additional friction that pure foam pads cannot offer.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eHigh gloss at the same time.\u003c\/strong\u003e The gloss level of 5\/5 shows that the EX 05-05 not only cuts, but also polishes. The abrasives progressively break down during the polishing pass — from coarse to fine — leaving a surface that, on many paints, already represents the desired final result. For the highest demands on the finish, a short pass with the \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/detailing1.de\/products\/sonax-profiline-ex-04-06-hochglanz-politur\"\u003eEX 04-06\u003c\/a\u003e follows, but for everyday needs, the EX 05-05 is often sufficient as a one-step solution.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSilicone-free and low-dust.\u003c\/strong\u003e The formulation is free of silicones and works almost dust-free thanks to its optimized consistency. In paint shops, the silicone-free nature eliminates the risk of contamination, and the low-dust processing saves time during post-cleaning. Especially with heavy defect correction, which requires several passes and a lot of polishing work, the low-dust formulation makes a noticeable difference in working comfort and workplace cleanliness.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003chr\u003e\n\n\u003cblockquote class=\"praxistipp\"\u003e\n  \u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003ePractical tip from Detailing1:\u003c\/strong\u003e For maximum removal on the eccentric machine, combine the EX 05-05 with the SONAX hybrid wool pad and work at level 5 to 6 (depending on the machine). Apply moderate pressure and move the machine across the surface at two to three centimeters per second — significantly slower than for finish polishing. The trick: Let the machine do the work and use the weight of the device as natural contact pressure. Avoid forcing the machine into the surface — this slows down the eccentric movement and reduces removal instead of increasing it.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/blockquote\u003e\n\n\u003chr\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eAbrasive polish for eccentric — how the EX 05-05 achieves rotary results on the eccentric\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eThe key to the performance of the \u003cstrong\u003eSONAX EX 05-05\u003c\/strong\u003e lies in the coordination between abrasive and pad. The abrasive particles are dimensioned to work optimally with the specific friction energy of an eccentric machine: large enough for effective removal, small enough for controlled particle breakdown. On a rotary machine, these particles would break down too quickly and lose their cutting performance — the EX 05-05 is therefore not a universal polish, but a specialist for eccentric motion.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eThe hybrid wool pad enhances this effect: the lamb's wool fibers generate additional micro-friction on the surface, which increases material removal, while the foam core controls heat. The result: removal on the eccentric machine that approaches the level of a rotary machine with a medium-hard foam pad — without the risks of rotation (holograms, heat spots, burning through at edges).\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eHowever, the EX 05-05 plus hybrid wool pad combination also has limitations: sanding marks from P1000 and coarser cannot be completely removed on an eccentric machine even with this aggressive combination in one pass. Here, the rotary machine with a polish like the \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/detailing1.de\/products\/sonax-profiline-cutmax-schleif-politur\"\u003eCutMax\u003c\/a\u003e remains superior. The EX 05-05 covers the range P1500 to light P1200 marks — and in this range, it delivers a result on the eccentric machine that makes switching to a rotary machine unnecessary.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eFor users who rarely use their eccentric machine for heavy-cut, an important note: the performance of the EX 05-05 depends heavily on the quality of the eccentric machine. Inexpensive entry-level eccentrics with low throw (8 mm) and weak motors quickly reach their limits with heavy defects. Machines with a long throw (15 to 21 mm) like the common professional models deliver significantly more friction energy and make better use of the EX 05-05's potential. If you plan to regularly perform heavy-cut work on an eccentric machine, investing in a long-throw machine is worthwhile.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eApplying EX 05-05 correctly — pad selection, speed, and working method\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eThe \u003cstrong\u003eEX 05-05\u003c\/strong\u003e unfolds its full potential in combination with the hybrid wool pad. For less aggressive applications — for example, on new paint with only light scratches — a hard foam pad (orange) also works, delivering slightly less removal with slightly higher gloss. On a soft finishing pad, the polish loses too much cutting performance — for pure finishing polishing, the \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/detailing1.de\/products\/sonax-profiline-ex-04-06-hochglanz-politur\"\u003eEX 04-06\u003c\/a\u003e is the better choice.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eApply three to four pea-sized dots to the pad and spread the polish at a low setting on the component. Increase to level 5 to 6 and work in slow, overlapping passes over the section. A typical section — about half a fender — takes three to four minutes on the eccentric machine. The polish should be clear and thin on the surface at the end of the pass — a sign that the abrasives have completely broken down.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eThe \u003cstrong\u003emachine guidance\u003c\/strong\u003e differs with the EX 05-05 from a finishing polish: For heavy-cut, you can apply slightly more pressure than for finishing polishing, but always only so much that the eccentric movement does not stop. If you notice that the machine is stalling or vibrating, immediately reduce pressure. A stalling pad creates localized heat, which can cause thermal damage on sensitive paints — recognizable as slight discoloration or dullness that cannot be fully corrected even by repolishing.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eWhen working on \u003cstrong\u003eedges and raised lines\u003c\/strong\u003e, particular caution is required: the clear coat layer there is often only half as thick as on the flat surfaces. Significantly reduce pressure in these areas and prefer an additional pass with low pressure rather than a single pass with too much removal. A paint thickness gauge before polishing gives you certainty about the available leeway.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eAfter the pass, wipe off the residue with a clean microfiber cloth and check under LED light. If defects are still visible, repeat the pass on the same section. With the EX 05-05, two to three passes per component are not uncommon on hard European paints — on softer Japanese or Korean paints, a single pass is often sufficient. Adjust your expectations to the paint type and allow enough time instead of giving up after one pass if the result is not yet right.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eThen degrease the polished surface with \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/detailing1.de\/products\/sonax-profiline-prepare-reiniger-kontrollspray-entfetter\"\u003eSONAX PROFILINE Prepare\u003c\/a\u003e to see the true result. Polishing oils can optically mask residual defects — with Prepare, it becomes visible whether all scratches have really disappeared or whether another pass is necessary.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eHeavy-Cut on the eccentric machine — typical application scenarios\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eThe main application area of the \u003cstrong\u003eSONAX EX 05-05\u003c\/strong\u003e is defect correction on paints that are too sensitive for rotary machines or where the user prefers the safety of an eccentric machine. In practice, this concerns several scenarios:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eFor \u003cstrong\u003edetailing dark paints\u003c\/strong\u003e (black, dark blue, dark grey), the eccentric machine is the safer choice because it generates fewer holograms than the rotary machine. The EX 05-05 provides enough removal on these demanding colors to remove scratches and swirls, and the gloss level of 5\/5 minimizes the need for post-processing. On black paint, a short finishing pass with the EX 04-06 is often useful to bring out the last bit of deep gloss.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eFor \u003cstrong\u003evehicles with a thin clear coat layer\u003c\/strong\u003e — measured with a paint thickness gauge — the eccentric machine offers more control over material removal. The EX 05-05 removes defects efficiently, but more controlled than a rotary polish, because the eccentric movement generates less removal per unit of time. This gives you the opportunity to check progress after each pass and stop in time before the clear coat layer becomes too thin.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eFor \u003cstrong\u003escratch removal in hard-to-reach areas\u003c\/strong\u003e — door handle recesses, swages, transitions between components — the compact eccentric machine with a small pad (75 mm or 125 mm) is better suited than the large rotary machine. The EX 05-05 works on all common pad sizes and adapts flexibly to the component geometry.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eAnother scenario that professional detailers appreciate: the \u003cstrong\u003ecorrection of transport damage and car wash scratches\u003c\/strong\u003e on new vehicles. Many new cars arrive at the dealer with fine to medium scratches — caused by film removal, transport securing, or improper cleaning in the yard. The EX 05-05 removes these defects on the safe eccentric machine without endangering the thin factory paint. In combination with a final ceramic sealant, the vehicle is better protected than when delivered.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eAbrasive polish comparison — EX 05-05 vs. CutMax vs. Cut+Finish\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eThe three most important abrasive polishes in the SONAX PROFILINE range cover different machine types and requirements:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eThe \u003cstrong\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/detailing1.de\/products\/sonax-profiline-cutmax-schleif-politur\"\u003eCutMax (6\/4)\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e is the abrasive polish for rotary machines — maximum removal (6\/5), moderate gloss (4\/5), optimized for the high friction energy of rotation. It is the first choice for heavy defects from P1000 on rotary machines.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eThe \u003cstrong\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/detailing1.de\/products\/sonax-profiline-cut-finish-einstufen-politur\"\u003eCut+Finish (5\/5)\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e is the one-step solution for rotary machines — same abrasive value as the EX 05-05, but with simultaneous high-gloss finish. It covers the range from P1500 and combines sanding and finishing in one pass.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eThe \u003cstrong\u003eEX 05-05 (5\/5)\u003c\/strong\u003e is the counterpart to Cut+Finish for the eccentric machine: same performance values, but a formulation optimized for the kinematics of the eccentric. Whoever owns an eccentric machine and wants to do heavy defect correction uses the EX 05-05. Whoever has a rotary machine uses the Cut+Finish or CutMax. There is no universal polish that works equally well on both machine types — the physical requirements of the two types of movement are too different. That's why SONAX deliberately developed separate product lines for rotary and eccentric with the PROFILINE series, instead of offering compromise products that do not unfold their full performance on any machine.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eBuying EX 05-05 — container sizes and recommendation\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eThe \u003cstrong\u003eSONAX EX 05-05\u003c\/strong\u003e is available in 250 ml and 1000 ml. For occasional use in detailing your own vehicle, the 250 ml bottle is sufficient — a complete defect correction consumes between 50 and 100 ml depending on vehicle size and severity of defects. The 1000 ml bottle is the more economical option for detailing businesses and ambitious enthusiasts.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eIn the optimal workflow for the eccentric machine, the EX 05-05 forms the first step (Heavy-Cut), followed by the EX 04-06 as the finishing step and \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/detailing1.de\/products\/sonax-profiline-prepare-reiniger-kontrollspray-entfetter\"\u003eSONAX Prepare\u003c\/a\u003e for degreasing and results control. This two-step process on the eccentric machine delivers results that come close to a three-step process on the rotary machine — with significantly lower risk of holograms and burning through.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eWhoever has both polishes of the EX series on the shelf — the EX 05-05 for Heavy-Cut and the EX 04-06 for finish — is equipped for all eccentric tasks. The two products complement each other perfectly: the EX 05-05 removes heavy defects, the EX 04-06 brings out the last bit of gloss. Together they replace a three-product system (cutting compound, abrasive polish, finishing polish), as is common with rotary machines — fewer products, fewer pad changes, fewer sources of error.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eFor economical use: the product consumption of EX 05-05 is slightly higher for heavy-cut work than for a finishing polish, because you need more passes per component. Calculate approximately 80 to 120 ml per vehicle for a complete defect correction with the eccentric machine — depending on vehicle size and severity of defects. The 250 ml bottle is therefore sufficient for two to three vehicles, the 1000 ml bottle for eight to twelve vehicles.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eA tip for pad care: The hybrid wool pad should be thoroughly cleaned after each vehicle — polish residues in the wool fibers harden and reduce abrasive performance for the next use. Rinse the pad with warm water after use and let it dry completely before using it again. You can tell a worn hybrid wool pad by the fact that the wool fibers are flattened and no longer spring back — then it's time for a new pad. Invest in a fresh pad rather than an additional polishing pass: the material removal of a new pad is noticeably higher than that of a worn one, and the result is more even. Professional businesses change the hybrid wool pad after five to eight vehicles at the latest — after that, the wool structure is so compressed that the removal noticeably decreases and the efficiency of the EX 05-05 is no longer fully exploited.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"SONAX","offers":[{"title":"250ml","offer_id":53520446619983,"sku":"D1-SNX-2451410","price":15.79,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true},{"title":"1000 ml \/ 1 liter","offer_id":53520446652751,"sku":"D1-SNX-2453000","price":35.58,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true},{"title":"2x 250ml set","offer_id":53520446685519,"sku":"D1-SNX-2451410_2","price":30.95,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true},{"title":"3x 250ml set","offer_id":53520446718287,"sku":"D1-SNX-2451410_3","price":45.48,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true},{"title":"2x 1 Liter Set","offer_id":53520446751055,"sku":"D1-SNX-2453000_2","price":69.74,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true},{"title":"3 x 1 Liter Set","offer_id":53520446783823,"sku":"D1-SNX-2453000_3","price":102.47,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0800\/3272\/7375\/files\/sonax-profiline-ex-05-05-schleif-politur-heavy-cut.png?v=1730649133"},{"product_id":"sonax-profiline-cutmax-schleif-politur","title":"PROFILINE CutMax \"6\/4\" Abrasive Polish (up to P1000)","description":"\u003ch2\u003eRemove deep scratches and sanding marks with SONAX CutMax polishing compound\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cblockquote\u003e\n  \u003cp\u003e\u003cem\u003eWhat can SONAX CutMax do? Polishing compound with maximum abrasive performance (6\/4), which removes sanding marks from P1000 grit, deep scratches and paint overspray — low dust thanks to Low Dust Technology, optimized for rotary polishing machines.\u003c\/em\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/blockquote\u003e\n\n\u003chr\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eWhen the paint is so severely damaged that a normal polish is no longer sufficient, \u003cstrong\u003eSONAX CutMax\u003c\/strong\u003e comes into play. With an abrasive performance of 6 on the SONAX scale, it is the most aggressive polish in the PROFILINE range — developed for situations where maximum material removal is required: deep scratches, sanding marks from P1000 sandpaper, orange peel, paint mist and heavily weathered paint surfaces. Despite this high abrasive performance, CutMax works almost dust-free thanks to Low Dust Technology and leaves a gloss level of 4\/5, which in most cases only requires a short finishing step. For paint shops and professional detailers, CutMax is the tool of choice when efficiency in defect removal is paramount.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMaximum abrasive performance for severe defects.\u003c\/strong\u003e The abrasive combination of CutMax is designed for fast, deep removal. It removes sanding marks from P1000 in a single polishing pass — an area that lighter polishes can no longer reach. Baked-on insect residues, deep scratches and weathering neglected for years are also effectively removed. This abrasive performance measurably saves time in the workshop because fewer passes are needed than with less aggressive products.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLow Dust Technology for clean work.\u003c\/strong\u003e High abrasive performance often means a lot of polishing dust with many polishes — a problem that spreads into joints, seals and across the entire workplace, requiring extensive cleaning. CutMax solves this with its special Low Dust formulation: the polish remains on the pad and on the surface throughout the polishing process without dusting. This saves subsequent cleaning and prevents polishing dust from getting into freshly painted areas — a critical point in paint shops.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eGood gloss development despite high abrasion.\u003c\/strong\u003e The gloss level of 4\/5 is remarkable for an abrasive polish of this aggressiveness. Many competing products with comparable abrasive performance leave a dull, cloudy finish that absolutely requires a finishing step. CutMax comes much closer to the final result — on many paints, a short pass with a finishing polish like \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/detailing1.de\/products\/sonax-profiline-perfectfinish-finish-politur\"\u003eSONAX PerfectFinish\u003c\/a\u003e is enough to achieve showroom gloss.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003chr\u003e\n\n\u003cblockquote class=\"praxistipp\"\u003e\n  \u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003ePractical tip from Detailing1:\u003c\/strong\u003e Use CutMax on a rotary machine with a hard foam pad (white) or a lamb's wool pad for maximum removal. Start at 1000 rpm to spread the polish, and increase to 1500 to 1800 rpm for the actual sanding process. Work in overlapping passes of 50 percent and apply even, moderate pressure — the abrasives need friction, but not excessive pressure. After each pass, check with an LED lamp whether the defects are completely removed before moving on to the finishing step.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/blockquote\u003e\n\n\u003chr\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eAbrasive performance 6\/4 — how CutMax can remove severe paint defects in one pass\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eThe \u003cstrong\u003eSONAX CutMax\u003c\/strong\u003e achieves its high abrasive performance through a combination of specially sized abrasive particles and a formulation that maintains consistent removal throughout the polishing pass. Unlike simple abrasive polishes, whose abrasive performance significantly decreases after the first thirty seconds because the abrasives break down too quickly, CutMax maintains its cutting performance over the entire work cycle. In practice, this means that one pass of two to three minutes per section is sufficient to completely remove even deep sanding marks — instead of three or four passes that would be necessary with a weaker polish.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eThe gloss level of 4\/5 shows that CutMax is not a pure sanding paste, but an abrasive polish with controlled particle breakdown. The abrasives start with high aggressiveness and break down into finer particles during the pass, which already take over part of the finish. The result is a surface that is significantly smoother and shinier than after a pure sanding paste — but not yet at the level of a dedicated finishing polish. For workshops that need to achieve a presentable result quickly after wet sanding, this intermediate state is often sufficient if concours quality is not required.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eAn important difference to \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/detailing1.de\/products\/sonax-profiline-cut-finish-einstufen-politur\"\u003eSONAX Cut+Finish (5\/5)\u003c\/a\u003e: CutMax has a higher abrasive performance and is used where Cut+Finish no longer provides sufficient removal — i.e., for P1000 sanding marks, deep scratches and severe weathering. Cut+Finish is the one-step solution from P1500, CutMax is the heavy hammer for everything below. In many workshops, both products are used side by side: Cut+Finish for most everyday work, CutMax for the tough cases.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eCorrect application of abrasive polish — machine, pad and technique for maximum removal\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eThe \u003cstrong\u003eSONAX CutMax\u003c\/strong\u003e unfolds its full potential on a rotary polishing machine. The pure rotational movement generates more friction and heat than an eccentric machine — precisely the energy that an abrasive polish of this level requires to deliver maximum removal. CutMax also works on an eccentric machine, but with significantly reduced abrasive performance: you need more passes and more time for the same result. If you regularly perform heavy defect correction, a rotary machine is the right investment.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eThe \u003cstrong\u003epad selection\u003c\/strong\u003e significantly influences the result. For maximum removal, a hard foam pad (white in the SONAX color system) or a lamb's wool pad is recommended. The lamb's wool pad offers the highest abrasive performance of all pad types, but also leaves the coarsest surface — ideal for the first pass on severe defects, followed by a foam pad for fine sanding. A medium-hard pad reduces abrasion and is suitable for paints that require less correction, or for sensitive areas such as edges and sills, where overly aggressive abrasion could sand through the clear coat.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eFor application, apply three to four pea-sized dots to the pad and spread the polish over the component at low speed. Then increase to working speed and polish in passes with fifty percent overlap. Work in sections of about forty by forty centimeters — small enough to maintain control, large enough to make efficient progress. Pay attention to the sound of the machine: a steady hum indicates that the pad is working cleanly on the surface. A rattling or vibrating sound indicates too much pressure or a dirty pad.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eAfter the sanding pass, wipe off the polish residue with a clean microfiber cloth and check the result under an LED lamp. If the defects are completely removed, the finishing step follows. If scratches are still visible, repeat the pass — it is better to do a second controlled pass than a single one with too much pressure, which can cause holograms or heat spots.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eA common beginner's mistake when working with CutMax: too much product on the pad. An abrasive polish requires less product than a finishing polish, because the removal is done by the abrasives, not by the volume of the paste. Three to four small dots are sufficient for a section of forty by forty centimeters. Too much product dilutes the abrasive effect, prolongs the polishing pass and makes wiping difficult. In professional workshops, experienced polishers sometimes work with even less product — they compensate for the smaller amount by precise machine guidance that optimally utilizes the available abrasive.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eA crucial note on \u003cstrong\u003etemperature control\u003c\/strong\u003e: The rotary machine generates considerable heat when working with an abrasive polish. On dark paints, the surface temperature can rise to over seventy degrees in a few seconds — a temperature that can damage the clear coat. Check the temperature regularly by running the back of your hand over the surface. If it gets uncomfortably warm, let the section cool down briefly before continuing. On edges, sills and raised lines, heat development is particularly critical because the paint layer is thinner there than on flat surfaces.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eCorrecting severe paint defects — the ideal application scenarios for CutMax\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eThe main application area of \u003cstrong\u003eCutMax\u003c\/strong\u003e is defect correction after wet sanding with grits from P1000 to P1200. In paint shops, this is the most common application: After a blending or spot repair, the transition between new and old paint is wet sanded, and CutMax then removes the sanding marks in one pass. The silicone-free nature of the polish is crucial here — in a workshop environment where painting is done daily, there must be no risk of silicone contamination.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eWhen \u003cstrong\u003edetailing heavily neglected vehicles\u003c\/strong\u003e, CutMax also shows its strength. Paints that have been exposed to sun, bird droppings, tree sap and industrial dust for years form an oxidized layer that cannot be penetrated with light polishes. CutMax efficiently removes this layer and exposes the undamaged paint underneath. The result is often astonishing: colors that appeared dull and faded show the full depth and brilliance of the original paint again after correction.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eCutMax is also used in \u003cstrong\u003enew car detailing\u003c\/strong\u003e if the factory paint shows severe orange peel. Wet sanding with P1000 evens out the surface, and CutMax restores the gloss. This intervention requires experience because the clear coat layer on new vehicles is often thinner than on older paint systems — a layer thickness measurement before sanding is mandatory to avoid breaking through the clear coat.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eFor \u003cstrong\u003epartial wrapping with PPF\u003c\/strong\u003e on front sections, CutMax is sometimes used indirectly: The paint under the film is polished before wrapping to remove any defects that would be visible under the transparent film. CutMax quickly and effectively removes scratches and swirls, and the subsequent finishing polish leaves a perfectly smooth surface for film application.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eWhere CutMax reaches its limits: For scratches that extend into the base coat or primer, no polish will help — repainting the affected area is necessary here. CutMax also cannot replace clear coat that has already peeled off extensively. In such cases, it is better to honestly explain the limitations of the polish to the customer than to promise a result that cannot be achieved. Honest communication strengthens customer trust much more in the long run than a cosmetic compromise that becomes visible again after a few weeks.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eAbrasive polish comparison — CutMax vs. UltimateCut vs. EX 05-05\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eIn the SONAX PROFILINE range, there are three products that are suitable for heavy defect removal: CutMax, \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/detailing1.de\/products\/sonax-profiline-ultimatecut-schleif-politur\"\u003eUltimateCut\u003c\/a\u003e and \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/detailing1.de\/products\/sonax-profiline-ex-05-05-schleif-politur-heavy-cut\"\u003eEX 05-05\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eThe \u003cstrong\u003eUltimateCut (6+\/3)\u003c\/strong\u003e has the highest abrasive performance in the entire range — even higher than CutMax. It is reserved for the most extreme cases: severe weathering, sanding marks from P800, massive orange peel. The gloss level of 3\/5 shows that a finishing step is definitely necessary after UltimateCut — often even a two-step finish. UltimateCut is a tool for specialists, not for everyday use.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eThe \u003cstrong\u003eEX 05-05 (5\/5)\u003c\/strong\u003e is on the other side of the spectrum: same abrasive performance and same gloss as Cut+Finish, but with a different formulation that works better on certain paint systems. It is the alternative for users who do not achieve the desired result with Cut+Finish — for example, on particularly hard ceramic clear coats, on which the EX series is traditionally strong.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eThe \u003cstrong\u003eCutMax (6\/4)\u003c\/strong\u003e positions itself between these extremes: more removal than EX 05-05, but a significantly better gloss than UltimateCut. For the majority of heavy defect correction work — wet sanding from P1000, deep scratches, severe weathering — CutMax is the optimal choice because it handles defect removal in one step and keeps the subsequent finishing step short.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eBuying CutMax — container sizes and workflow recommendation\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eThe \u003cstrong\u003eSONAX CutMax\u003c\/strong\u003e is available in 250 ml, 1000 ml and 5 liter sizes. The 250 ml bottle is sufficient for several complete vehicle corrections and is the ideal entry for private users and smaller businesses. The 1000 ml bottle is the standard size for workshops with regular polishing needs. The 5 liter container is aimed at businesses with high throughput — the price per liter is cheapest here, and the large opening makes it easier to dispense with a dosing bottle.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eFor an optimal polishing workflow, we recommend the combination: CutMax as an abrasive polish on the rotary polisher, followed by \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/detailing1.de\/products\/sonax-profiline-perfectfinish-finish-politur\"\u003eSONAX PerfectFinish\u003c\/a\u003e as a finishing step on the eccentric machine, and finally \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/detailing1.de\/products\/sonax-profiline-prepare-reiniger-kontrollspray-entfetter\"\u003eSONAX Prepare\u003c\/a\u003e for degreasing and result control. This three-part combination covers the entire defect correction process — from heavy removal to a sealant-ready finish. If you want to apply a long-term sealant afterwards, Prepare has already created the perfect basis.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eRegarding shelf life and storage: Like all abrasive polishes, CutMax can separate slightly after prolonged storage. Shake the bottle thoroughly before each application until the consistency is homogeneous and creamy again. Store the product frost-free and sealed — frozen polish loses its abrasive structure and is no longer usable. When stored correctly, CutMax retains its full performance over its entire shelf life.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eA final practical note for \u003cstrong\u003eeconomic use\u003c\/strong\u003e in the workshop: CutMax has a higher price per liter than consumer polishes from hardware stores, but the product consumption per vehicle is significantly lower. The concentrated formulation means that you only need three to four dabs per section — a 250 ml bottle is sufficient for several complete vehicle corrections. In terms of results per euro invested, CutMax is therefore more economical than cheaper alternatives that require double or triple product use and still need more passes.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"SONAX","offers":[{"title":"250ml","offer_id":53520611148111,"sku":"D1-SNX-2461410","price":17.36,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true},{"title":"1000 ml \/ 1 liter","offer_id":53520611180879,"sku":"D1-SNX-2463000","price":52.94,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true},{"title":"5 liters","offer_id":53520611213647,"sku":"D1-SNX-2465000","price":229.43,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true},{"title":"2x 250ml set","offer_id":53520611246415,"sku":"D1-SNX-2461410_2","price":34.03,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true},{"title":"3x 250ml set","offer_id":53520611279183,"sku":"D1-SNX-2461410_3","price":50.0,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true},{"title":"2x 1 Liter Set","offer_id":53520611311951,"sku":"D1-SNX-2463000_2","price":103.76,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true},{"title":"3x 1 Liter Set","offer_id":53520611344719,"sku":"D1-SNX-2463000_3","price":152.47,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0800\/3272\/7375\/files\/sonax-profiline-cutmax-schleif-politur.png?v=1730650207"},{"product_id":"sonax-profiline-os-02-06-hochglanz-politur-versiegelung-one-step","title":"PROFILINE OS \"02-06\" High Gloss Polish with Sealant (One-Step)","description":"\u003ch2\u003eHigh Gloss and Sealant in One Step — SONAX PROFILINE OS 02-06\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cblockquote\u003e\n  \u003cp\u003e\u003cem\u003eWhat does SONAX PROFILINE OS 02-06 do? This one-step polish combines fine paint correction with an integrated protective sealant – for high gloss, light swirl removal, and immediate paint protection in a single step, ideal for maintenance detailing and time-efficient detailing workflows.\u003c\/em\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/blockquote\u003e\n\n\u003chr\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eIn everyday detailing, there are situations where an elaborate multi-stage polishing process is neither necessary nor economical: new car detailing with minimal swirl marks, regular maintenance detailing on well-maintained vehicles, or fleet detailing with tight time constraints. The \u003cstrong\u003eSONAX PROFILINE OS 02-06\u003c\/strong\u003e was developed for precisely these scenarios: a professional one-step polish that, in a single step, evens out light polishing marks and swirl marks while simultaneously building up a protective sealant layer. The result: high gloss and paint protection without a separate sealing step.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eOne-Step Technology: Correction and sealing simultaneously.\u003c\/strong\u003e Conventional polishing processes separate paint correction and sealing into separate steps – first polish, then degrease with a panel wipe, then seal. The OS 02-06 combines these steps through a hybrid formula: fine abrasive particles correct minor surface imperfections during polishing, and the integrated sealing polymer forms a protective layer on the freshly smoothed clear coat. Three steps are reduced to one – without compromising the gloss result on suitable vehicles.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFine abrasion for light swirl marks and polishing marks.\u003c\/strong\u003e The abrasiveness of the OS 02-06 is positioned in the middle of the SONAX product scale with “02-06”: fine enough for final polishing steps and one-step applications, yet effective enough to remove light to medium swirl marks. On well-conditioned paints (e.g., hard factory clear coats, newer soft paints in good condition), the OS 02-06 produces a result that is ready for sealing without further processing.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eIntegrated sealant protection directly after polishing.\u003c\/strong\u003e The polymer additive in the one-step formula forms a thin, even protective layer on the clear coat after polishing. This layer increases hydrophobicity, slightly improves the gloss effect, and provides initial protection against moisture, dirt, and UV radiation. The protection is not as durable as a dedicated ceramic or polymer sealant, but it is sufficient for vehicles with short detailing intervals or as a first protective layer after basic preparation.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003chr\u003e\n\n\u003cblockquote class=\"praxistipp\"\u003e\n  \u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003ePractical tip from Detailing1:\u003c\/strong\u003e The OS 02-06 achieves its best results with a combination pad (medium-hard foam pads or combination microfiber pads), which effectively transfers the fine abrasive particles and simultaneously distributes the sealing polymer evenly on the surface. For rotary polishers, set the machine speed to 4–5 for the correction phase, and reduce it to 2–3 for the final finishing pass to evenly polish out the sealing polymer. Important: If a full ceramic coating is to be applied after the OS 02-06, first degrease with \u003ca href=\"\/en\/products\/sonax-profiline-prepare-reiniger-kontrollspray-entfetter\"\u003eSONAX PROFILINE Prepare\u003c\/a\u003e – the sealing polymer of the OS 02-06 must be removed before a new coating to avoid compromising adhesion. For vehicles treated only with the OS 02-06, this step is not necessary.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/blockquote\u003e\n\n\u003chr\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eOne-Step Polish Technology — Correction and Sealant Combined in One Formula\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe technical uniqueness of the \u003cstrong\u003eSONAX PROFILINE OS 02-06\u003c\/strong\u003e lies in combining two normally incompatible functions in one formula: abrasive polishing and protective layer build-up. For a pure correction polish, it is important that the formula contains no waxy or polymeric components that would get between the abrasive particles and the paint surface and reduce the polishing effect. For a pure sealant, on the other hand, no abrasion should be present that would immediately destroy the freshly applied protective layer. The OS 02-06 resolves this contradiction through specifically matched particle sizes and an optimized formulation approach.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe finely ground abrasive particles of the OS 02-06 are dimensioned to exert their corrective action during the active polishing phase (when the pad is guided over the surface with pressure and speed). When the polish is buffed out (less pressure, lower speed), the remaining polymer components of the formula lay down a uniform film on the cleaned surface. This sequential principle – first abrasion, then protective layer formation – enables the combination of both functions in one product without them interfering with each other.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe sealing component of the OS 02-06 is designed as short-term protection that lasts for several months but is not comparable to a full polymer or ceramic coating. For vehicles that are regularly detailed (every 3–6 months) and where durable protection via ceramic coating is not the goal, this level of protection is sufficient. For vehicles where maximum sealant durability is the goal, the two-step approach (OS 02-06 or \u003ca href=\"\/en\/products\/sonax-profiline-np-03-06-hochglanz-politur-finish\"\u003eSONAX PROFILINE NP 03-06\u003c\/a\u003e for polishing, then panel wipe and dedicated sealant) remains the first choice.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eApplying OS 02-06 Correctly — Pad Selection, Machine, and Workflow\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOptimal application of the one-step polish begins with pad selection: For the OS 02-06, combination pads or slightly abrasive foam pads are recommended, as they effectively support the correction component and evenly distribute the sealing component. Pure finishing pads (very soft pads without inherent abrasion) significantly reduce the corrective performance of the OS 02-06 – if the focus is on swirl removal, a combination pad is the better choice. Very hard or abrasive pads, on the other hand, increase corrective performance but can over-work the sealing polymer and produce an uneven result.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eMachine guidance: Begin one-step polishing at medium speed (4–5 on an eccentric polisher) and normal polishing pressure. First, spread the polish on the pad, then guide it over the surface with overlapping passes – typically 2–3 passes for complete swirl removal. For the final pass, reduce speed and pressure to finally and evenly polish the sealing polymer into the paint surface. The wipe-off step with a clean microfiber towel should occur when the polish on the paint transitions to a whitish-matte phase – this is the optimal time to wipe off the sealing component.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eImportant for results control: After polishing, check the area under angled artificial light for remaining swirl marks. The OS 02-06 completely removes light swirl marks and significantly reduces medium swirl marks – deep scratches and heavy holograms will remain visible with a one-step polish and require a multi-stage process with a more aggressive correction step. One-step polish is not a substitute for multi-stage correction on heavily damaged paints, but rather the right tool for paints where the degree of damage does not require deeper correction.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eApplication Areas of OS 02-06 — When One-Step Polish is the Right Choice\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe \u003cstrong\u003eSONAX PROFILINE OS 02-06\u003c\/strong\u003e optimally covers several typical detailing scenarios in professional detailing operations. New vehicle preparation: New vehicles arrive with manufacturing-related transport protection residues and fine holograms from factory polishing, but without deeper swirl marks or scratches. The OS 02-06 removes these fine surface imperfections in one step and leaves the paint ready for sealing – an economical and time-efficient solution for new vehicle preparation before delivery.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eMaintenance preparation and regular care: Vehicles that are detailed every few months and have only accumulated light, everyday swirl marks benefit from the one-step efficiency of the OS 02-06. Instead of polishing the surface first, then degreasing, and then sealing, everything is done in one pass. For businesses with high vehicle throughput, this means significant time savings per vehicle – with consistently good results.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eDealer preparation and stock vehicles: Used car dealerships and lease returns with manageable paint damage (everyday scratches, light swirls from washing) are a classic application area. The OS 02-06 enables quick, qualitatively convincing preparation that makes the vehicle significantly more attractive for sale, without requiring the time investment of a full multi-stage preparation. The sealing polymer in the OS 02-06 also protects the paint from environmental influences during storage.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eOS 02-06 in Comparison — One-Step vs. Multi-Stage Polish and OS 04-05\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIn the SONAX PROFILINE range, there are two one-step polishes for different requirements. The \u003ca href=\"\/en\/products\/sonax-profiline-os-04-05-hochglanz-politur-one-step\"\u003eSONAX PROFILINE OS 04-05\u003c\/a\u003e is the more aggressive one-step polish with a higher abrasive grade (04-05 on the SONAX scale) – it is designed for paints with medium to heavier swirl marks where the OS 02-06 does not provide sufficient correction. The OS 04-05 does not contain an integrated sealing component and is positioned as a pure correction product that subsequently requires a separate sealing step. The choice between the two depends on the extent of paint damage: light swirls and maintenance detailing → OS 02-06; medium to heavier swirls → OS 04-05 followed by a separate sealant.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eCompared to multi-stage polishing (heavy correction stage + finishing polish + panel wipe + sealant), the one-step polish naturally falls short on heavily damaged paints: it cannot remove deep scratches that require a heavy polishing stage, and the integrated sealant protection is not as durable as a dedicated ceramic coating. For vehicles with this level of damage, we recommend the multi-stage process with the NP 03-06 as the finishing polish. The advantage of the OS 02-06 lies in time savings and efficiency for low to medium-low damage levels – used on the right vehicle, it delivers a professional result that impresses customers.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor detailers who want to cover both scenarios, we recommend the OS 02-06 as the standard one-step for the majority of incoming vehicles (which are in normal condition) and the OS 04-05 as a reserve for more heavily damaged paints. This two-tier polishing workflow, based on the degree of damage, is a professional approach that maximizes both result quality and operational efficiency.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003ePurchasing SONAX PROFILINE OS 02-06 — Sizes and Recommendation\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe \u003cstrong\u003eSONAX PROFILINE OS 02-06\u003c\/strong\u003e is available in 250 ml and 1 liter sizes, as well as in 2-pack and 3-pack sets. The 250 ml container is ideal for beginners who want to get to know the product, or for use on small areas (individual panels, hood, roof). The 1-liter container is the most economical choice for regular users and professional businesses – approximately 15–25 ml are needed per vehicle application, depending on pad size and vehicle size, so one liter is sufficient for approximately 40–65 complete vehicle applications.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe OS 02-06 is particularly recommended for businesses that offer high-quality, time-efficient detailing as a standard service and want to rely on a product that combines correction and protection. For car washes and quick detailing services with limited time, the one-step formula is economically attractive. Even for private users who maintain their vehicles themselves and are looking for a simple process without a stack of chemicals, the OS 02-06 is an uncomplicated solution for a complete detailing in one step.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIn summary, the SONAX PROFILINE OS 02-06 is the optimal tool for all situations where time and efficiency matter, without compromising paint correction and protection. Anyone who wants to combine professional gloss and immediate paint protection on a vehicle with a good initial condition will find the most effective solution in the OS 02-06 from the SONAX PROFILINE polishing range.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"SONAX","offers":[{"title":"250ml","offer_id":53520769352015,"sku":"D1-SNX-2471410","price":8.32,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true},{"title":"1000 ml \/ 1 liter","offer_id":53520769384783,"sku":"D1-SNX-2473000","price":22.7,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true},{"title":"2x 250ml set","offer_id":53520769417551,"sku":"D1-SNX-2471410_2","price":16.31,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true},{"title":"3x 250ml set","offer_id":53520769450319,"sku":"D1-SNX-2471410_3","price":23.96,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true},{"title":"2x 1 Liter Set","offer_id":53520769483087,"sku":"D1-SNX-2473000_2","price":44.49,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true},{"title":"3x 1 Liter Set","offer_id":53520769515855,"sku":"D1-SNX-2473000_3","price":65.38,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0800\/3272\/7375\/files\/sonax-profiline-os-02-06-hochglanz-politur-versiegelung-one-step.png?v=1730651051"},{"product_id":"sonax-profiline-glasspolish-glaspolitur","title":"PROFILINE Glass Polish (Cerium Oxide Chemical-Mechanical)","description":"\u003ch2\u003eChemically-mechanically remove scratches and stains from glass — SONAX PROFILINE GlassPolish\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cblockquote\u003e\n  \u003cp\u003e\u003cem\u003eWhat does SONAX PROFILINE GlassPolish do? This cerium oxide glass polish chemically-mechanically removes scratches, water spots, streaks, and oxidation from windscreens and vehicle windows — for clear vision and streak-free glass without extensive sanding.\u003c\/em\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/blockquote\u003e\n\n\u003chr\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eScratched windscreens, ingrained water spots, and oxidation on vehicle windows are more than just cosmetic blemishes — they significantly impair visibility in rain, glare, and night driving, and can become a hazard. Regular glass cleaners remove loose dirt, but not mechanically embedded scratches or chemically ingrained mineral deposits. The \u003cstrong\u003eSONAX PROFILINE GlassPolish\u003c\/strong\u003e solves this problem with a chemical-mechanical approach: cerium oxide (cerium dioxide), a special abrasive for glass applications, polishes the glass surface at a microscopic level, removing surface scratches, water spots, and oxidized film — the result is optically clear, streak-free glass with maximum light transmission.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCerium oxide technology for glass surfaces.\u003c\/strong\u003e Cerium oxide is an abrasive specifically developed for glass applications and has a unique dual property: mechanical micro-abrasion for physical scratch removal and chemical activity on the glass-silicon dioxide surface, which makes the polish more effective than purely mechanical alternatives. This chemical-mechanical interaction is why cerium oxide polishes are the preferred method for glass applications in optics and automotive glass reconditioning.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eRemoves scratches, water spots, and wiper marks.\u003c\/strong\u003e On windscreens, fine scratch marks typically occur due to windshield wipers carrying sand particles — these wiper marks become noticeable as disturbing light scattering in rain and glare. Mineral water spots and limescale deposits on windows impair optical clarity and adhere chemically to the glass. GlassPolish removes both types of problems and restores the original optical clarity of the window.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFor windscreens, side windows, and rear windows.\u003c\/strong\u003e The cerium oxide polish is suitable for all vehicle windows: windscreen (greatest effect on visibility), side windows (scratches from raising windows in dirty guide frames), rear window (wiper marks from tailgate rain). Also applicable to headlight glass and plastic headlight covers — here, combine with \u003ca href=\"\/en\/products\/sonax-profiline-headlightpolish-scheinwerferpolitur\"\u003eSONAX PROFILINE HeadlightPolish\u003c\/a\u003e for optimal results.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003chr\u003e\n\n\u003cblockquote class=\"praxistipp\"\u003e\n  \u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003ePractical tip from Detailing1:\u003c\/strong\u003e Thoroughly clean the window before glass polishing — dirt and sand particles on the window during polishing lead to new scratches. Pre-clean with a microfiber cloth and \u003ca href=\"\/en\/products\/sonax-profiline-glasscleaner-glasreiniger\"\u003eSONAX PROFILINE GlassCleaner\u003c\/a\u003e. Apply GlassPolish with a sponge or applicator cloth to the damp window and work in with circular movements — a slightly damp surface distributes the cerium oxide more evenly than on dry glass. For stubborn wiper marks, use a polishing machine with a sponge pad — hand polishing is sufficient for light stains and water spots, for deeper scratches, machine assistance is recommended. After polishing, rinse the area with clear water and buff with a clean microfiber cloth — the result will be immediately visible in the window clarity.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/blockquote\u003e\n\n\u003chr\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eCerium oxide technology: How glass polish regenerates glass surfaces\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eCerium oxide (cerium dioxide, CeO₂) is a rare earth metal oxide that has been used for decades in glass optics and glass processing as an abrasive and polishing agent for precision glass. Its particular suitability for glass applications is based on a chemical-mechanical double action: On the one hand, cerium oxide has a specific hardness (Mohs scale ~6), which is ideal for glass (Mohs ~5–6) — hard enough for abrasion, but not so hard that new deep scratches are created. On the other hand, cerium oxide reacts chemically with the silicon dioxide of the glass surface and forms temporary cerium silicate compounds during polishing, which enhances the polishing effect at a molecular level.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis dual action explains why cerium oxide polishes treat glass surfaces significantly more effectively than purely mechanical abrasives: The chemical activity dissolves the silicon dioxide surface of the glass at a microscopic level, which, together with mechanical abrasion, creates a \"reflow\" effect — tiny scratches are not only sanded down, but the glass matrix flows slightly and fills the finest cracks. This is why scratches appear to disappear after cerium oxide polishing, when in fact they have only been \"rounded off\" or filled in.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe \u003cstrong\u003eSONAX PROFILINE GlassPolish\u003c\/strong\u003e utilizes this principle in a formulation optimized for automotive applications: The cerium oxide particles are suspended in a suitable carrier liquid, which ensures even distribution and sufficient lubrication. This prevents excessive friction heat during polishing and protects the window from uneven abrasion. At the same time, the formula is designed to be rinsed off without residue after polishing — no whitish cerium oxide film remains on the window that could impair optical clarity after treatment.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eApplying glass polish correctly — from pre-treatment to results\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe application of glass polish follows a clear workflow, divided into preparation, polishing, and post-treatment. Preparation is particularly important for glass polishing: any dirt particle on the window that gets between the applicator and the glass during polishing will create new scratches — an error that produces the exact opposite of the desired result. Wash the window thoroughly with glass cleaner, rinse with clear water, and dry with a clean microfiber cloth. Mask off edge seals and painted surfaces around the window with painter's tape — cerium oxide on paint leaves streaks that are difficult to remove.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003ePolishing by hand: Apply GlassPolish to a sponge or applicator cloth, apply to the damp window surface, and work in with circular movements. Use moderate pressure, even movements — do not allow to dry, re-moisten with a damp cloth or a little water if necessary. Visible sign of effectiveness: The abrasive film becomes clearer during work and runs less — this shows that the cerium oxide particles are working on the surface. After 3–5 minutes of polishing, remove the product with a damp microfiber cloth and check the result.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eMachine polishing: For more stubborn wiper marks or deeper scratches, a polishing machine with a sponge pad is recommended. Use low speed (level 2–3), light pressure — glass is more sensitive than paint and reacts faster to excessive friction heat. Work in sections (max. 30×30 cm), not too long in one spot. After each abrasion sequence, check the result in the light — look through the window against the light to detect remaining scratches and streaks. Depending on the intensity of the scratch depth, a second application may be necessary.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eGlass polish application areas — typical glass problems and their solutions\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe \u003cstrong\u003eSONAX PROFILINE GlassPolish\u003c\/strong\u003e solves a range of typical glass problems that occur in vehicles during daily operation. Wiper marks are the most common application: windshield wipers carrying sand particles create fine scratch marks in the windshield glass — recognizable as light scattering in rain and glare. These scratches are usually very fine and respond well to one or two applications of the cerium oxide polish. Important: After glass polishing, check the wiper rubber for damage and replace it if necessary, as old wiper rubbers can lead to new wiper marks.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eStubborn water spots and limescale deposits on windows are the second most common application area. Limescale deposits from mineral-rich water that have dried on the window can first be chemically pre-dissolved with \u003ca href=\"\/en\/products\/sonax-profiline-waterspot-remover-wasserfleckenentferner-kalkentferner\"\u003eSONAX PROFILINE Waterspot Remover\u003c\/a\u003e — in stubborn cases where the limescale has already attacked the glass surface, GlassPolish follows as a mechanical step to polish out the remaining cloudiness in the glass. This combined approach (first chemical, then mechanical) is significantly more effective for severe limescale damage than purely mechanical polishing.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOxidation film on windows (yellowish or matte coating that absorbs light) is caused by UV exposure and chemical reactions on the glass surface — especially in vehicles that stand in the sun for long periods or are operated in industrial environments. This film cannot be removed with normal glass cleaners, but responds well to cerium oxide polishing. After treatment, the window appears significantly clearer and shows considerably less scattering in glare and at night — a direct safety gain for the driver.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eGlassPolish comparison — when chemical, when mechanical, when both?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIn the field of glass reconditioning, there are different product strategies that should be chosen depending on the type and intensity of the problem. Purely chemical approaches (such as SONAX PROFILINE Waterspot Remover) are ideal for mineral deposits and light limescale spots, without mechanically abrading the glass surface — this method is fast and risk-free, but does not work against mechanical scratches. GlassPolish as a chemical-mechanical product is the right choice when, in addition to stains, there are also scratches or streaks that require mechanical treatment.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eCompared to wet sanding paper (e.g., P2000 or P3000 wet polish for glass), GlassPolish has a clear advantage: The cerium oxide formula is less aggressive and allows for a finer surface after treatment, which does not require subsequent fine polishing. Wet sanding paper removes deeper scratches more efficiently, but leaves sanding marks that must then be compensated with a cerium oxide polish. For typical vehicle window problems (wiper marks, limescale spots, light oxidation), GlassPolish is the most direct and gentle solution — without the need for a multi-stage sanding process.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAs a final step after glass polishing, a glass sealant is recommended to protect the polished surface and create water repellency through the lotus effect — the \u003ca href=\"\/en\/products\/sonax-profiline-ceramiccoating-cc-glass-scheibenversiegelung\"\u003eSONAX PROFILINE CeramicCoating \"CC\" Glass\u003c\/a\u003e offers long-term protection here, which simultaneously improves wiper performance and visibility in rain through its hydrophobic properties, and significantly reduces water spots in the future.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eBuy SONAX PROFILINE GlassPolish — container sizes and use in professional workflow\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe \u003cstrong\u003eSONAX PROFILINE GlassPolish\u003c\/strong\u003e is available in 250 ml (single bottle) and as a 2x 250 ml set. The 250 ml bottle is sufficient for many glass polishing applications when used correctly — cerium oxide polishes are used in comparatively small quantities, as too much product on the window creates more work when removing it without improving the polishing effect. For reconditioning businesses that regularly offer glass reconditioning services, the 2-pack set is the more economical choice.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe glass polish is also suitable for use on glass headlight lenses (not for plastic headlights — use the specific \u003ca href=\"\/en\/products\/sonax-profiline-headlightpolish-scheinwerferpolitur\"\u003eSONAX PROFILINE HeadlightPolish\u003c\/a\u003e here). The cerium oxide polish can also be applied to glass domes, clear glass covers, and optical components made of glass — however, always with caution on already coated or treated glass surfaces that could be affected by abrasion.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIn summary, GlassPolish is the indispensable tool for anyone striving for clear, scratch-free vehicle windows as part of a professional reconditioning standard. The chemical-mechanical cerium oxide technology delivers results that cannot be achieved as efficiently with any other product type — and the direct effect on driving safety through improved visibility makes glass polishing one of the reconditioning steps with the highest practical added value for the vehicle owner.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"SONAX","offers":[{"title":"250ml","offer_id":53521078616399,"sku":"D1-SNX-2731410","price":21.13,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true},{"title":"2x 250ml Set","offer_id":53521078649167,"sku":"D1-SNX-2731410_2","price":41.41,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true},{"title":"3x 250ml Set","offer_id":53521078681935,"sku":"D1-SNX-2731410_3","price":60.85,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0800\/3272\/7375\/files\/sonax-profiline-glasspolish-glaspolitur_250ml.png?v=1730653450"},{"product_id":"sonax-profiline-headlightpolish-scheinwerferpolitur","title":"PROFILINE HeadlightPolish Headlight Polish","description":"\u003ch2\u003eRestoring and Clearing Yellowed Headlights — SONAX PROFILINE HeadlightPolish\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cblockquote\u003e\n  \u003cp\u003e\u003cem\u003eWhat does SONAX PROFILINE HeadlightPolish do? This special headlight polish removes UV-induced yellowing, oxidation layers, and fine scratches from polycarbonate headlights — professionally restoring original transparency and light transmission.\u003c\/em\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/blockquote\u003e\n\n\u003chr\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eYellowed and oxidized headlights are one of the most common appearance problems in vehicles five years or older: UV radiation slowly degrades the outer protective layer of polycarbonate headlights, causing the surface to oxidize and yellow, and light transmission to measurably decrease. This not only significantly impairs the vehicle's appearance but also driving safety — clouded headlights reduce the range of the light beam. The \u003cstrong\u003eSONAX PROFILINE HeadlightPolish\u003c\/strong\u003e is the professional headlight polish for the mechanical reconditioning of these headlight surfaces: abrasive enough to remove yellowing and oxidation, but fine enough to leave a clear, scratch-free surface.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eRemoves yellowing and UV oxidation from polycarbonate surfaces.\u003c\/strong\u003e Polycarbonate, the material of modern vehicle headlights, is lightweight and impact-resistant but sensitive to UV radiation: Without an intact UV protective layer, the surface oxidizes into a yellowish, cloudy, matte layer that scatters light instead of letting it pass through. The HeadlightPolish removes this oxidation layer through fine abrasive polishing, exposing the clear polycarbonate underneath — the result is a headlight that looks new, both visually and functionally.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFine abrasion for clear, transparent results without scratches.\u003c\/strong\u003e Polycarbonate headlights are more sensitive than car paint and react to excessively coarse abrasion with new scratches, which also impair transparency. The HeadlightPolish is tailored to the specific requirements of headlight reconditioning: fine abrasive particles that effectively remove yellowing and light scratches without creating new, deep sanding marks that would need further polishing.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSuitable for manual and machine processing.\u003c\/strong\u003e The HeadlightPolish formula is designed for use with both a polishing machine (random orbital or rotary polisher with a small pad) and by hand with an applicator. Manual application is particularly suitable for smaller headlights, headlights with complex geometry, and on-site reconditioning — for larger or heavily oxidized headlights, machine processing is more efficient and produces more consistent results.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003chr\u003e\n\n\u003cblockquote class=\"praxistipp\"\u003e\n  \u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003ePractical Tip from Detailing1:\u003c\/strong\u003e For heavily yellowed headlights, a multi-stage reconditioning process is recommended: First, wet sand the coarsest oxidized surface with fine sandpaper (P1000–P2000) to evenly remove the oxidized layer, then polish with HeadlightPolish to remove sanding marks and achieve a high-gloss finish. For this complete process, the \u003ca href=\"\/en\/products\/sonax-profiline-scheinwerferaufbereitungsset-aufbereitungsset\"\u003eSONAX PROFILINE Headlight Restoration Kit\u003c\/a\u003e is ideal, as it contains all necessary materials including sandpaper. After polishing, it is essential to apply a UV protective sealant — without protection, the headlights will yellow again within 6–18 months. The \u003ca href=\"\/en\/products\/sonax-profiline-ceramiccoating-cc-headlightcoating-scheinwerferversiegelung\"\u003eSONAX PROFILINE HeadlightCoating \"CC\"\u003c\/a\u003e is the ceramic sealant for long-lasting UV protection after polishing.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/blockquote\u003e\n\n\u003chr\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003ePolycarbonate Chemistry — How HeadlightPolish Removes Headlight Yellowing\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe operating principle of \u003cstrong\u003eSONAX PROFILINE HeadlightPolish\u003c\/strong\u003e is based on mechanical micro-abrasion, which removes the oxidized and yellowed surface of the polycarbonate layer by layer. Chemically speaking, the oxidation layer on yellowed headlights is a photodegradation layer — UV radiation breaks the polymer chain bonds of the polycarbonate, leading to the formation of carbonyl groups that cause the yellow discoloration. This layer sits on the uppermost micrometers of the polycarbonate and can be removed by abrasion without affecting the material underneath.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe abrasive particles in HeadlightPolish are optimized for polycarbonate surfaces: Polycarbonate is significantly softer than hardened glass or car paint and reacts more quickly to abrasion. Too coarse particles would create deep sanding marks in the transparent material, which would impair light transmission as much as the original yellowing. The HeadlightPolish uses finely ground abrasive particles that remove the layer in a controlled manner, leaving a polished, clear surface. The result depends on the degree of yellowing and oxidation: Lightly yellowed headlights become completely clear after a single polishing, while heavily yellowed or deeply eroded headlights require several passes or prior wet sanding treatment.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAn important aspect of headlight reconditioning is understanding the layer structure: New headlights have a factory-applied UV protective layer (hardcoating) that shields the polycarbonate from UV radiation. Over time, this protective layer degrades, and the unprotected polycarbonate begins to oxidize. The HeadlightPolish removes the oxidation layer, but not the problem: The freshly polished polycarbonate has no UV protection after polishing and will yellow again without a new protective layer. Therefore, the combination of HeadlightPolish (polish) and a UV-resistant sealant is the complete reconditioning concept for permanently clear headlights.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe transparency and light transmission of a freshly reconditioned headlight can make a difference in TÜV (technical inspection) relevance: Headlights that have lost more than 50% of their light transmission due to extreme yellowing can be classified as defective during main inspections. Professional headlight reconditioning not only restores the appearance but also has practical relevance for vehicle safety and approval.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eApplying HeadlightPolish Correctly — Manual Polishing and Machine Processing\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eApplying the headlight polish begins with preparation: thoroughly wash and dry the headlight to remove sand grains and coarse dirt particles that would cause scratches during polishing. Mask off adjacent painted surfaces with painter's tape, as HeadlightPolish will create abrasion on clear coat that would be difficult to remove later. Check the headlight for scratches and crack depth: Superficial scratches will be removed by polishing; deep cracks or internal headlight damage cannot be remedied by polishing.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eManual application: Apply HeadlightPolish to an applicator or a soft microfiber cloth. Use even circular motions with medium pressure over the entire headlight surface — exposure time is less relevant here than the mechanical effect of pressure and movement. With manual application, multiple passes are necessary to achieve the same result as with a machine pass. The manual method is particularly suitable for smaller headlights or for partial contamination (individual spots or local oxidation foci) where machine processing is less precise.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eMachine processing: Use a small pad (65–80 mm) on a random orbital or rotary polishing machine (speed 3–4) with even, light pressure over the headlight surface. The curved geometry of most headlights requires a flexible pad that can adapt to the shape, and controlled pad guidance to avoid pressure differences at the edges. After machine processing, polish with a clean microfiber cloth and check the result for remaining sanding marks or cloudiness in oblique light. If necessary, perform a second polishing pass, especially for heavily yellowed headlights.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eAreas of Application for HeadlightPolish — When Headlight Reconditioning Makes Sense\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eProfessional headlight reconditioning with \u003cstrong\u003eSONAX PROFILINE HeadlightPolish\u003c\/strong\u003e is worthwhile in various situations. The most common use case is the visual enhancement of vehicles aged 5 years or older, which have lost their appeal due to UV-induced yellowing. In the used car trade, headlight reconditioning is one of the most cost-effective value-enhancing measures: Professional headlight reconditioning takes 20–30 minutes per vehicle, requires little material, and significantly improves the vehicle's appearance — an effort that quickly pays off in the selling price.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAs part of a complete vehicle detailing, headlight reconditioning is a sign of quality: A vehicle with clear, freshly reconditioned headlights alongside high-gloss polished paint surfaces conveys overall coherence and craftsmanship. Many customers appreciate it when a detailing business also pays attention to this detail, and take it as an indicator of the quality of the entire work. Offering headlight reconditioning as an additional service is therefore a recommended addition to the service portfolio for detailers and reconditioning businesses.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor fleet vehicles and commercial vehicles, headlight reconditioning is relevant for safety reasons: Van fleets that drive frequently at night or in poor visibility conditions benefit from maximum headlight brightness. Regular headlight maintenance as part of the fleet care concept extends the service life of the headlights and delays the point at which a costly headlight replacement investment becomes necessary.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eHeadlightPolish in the Product System — Polish, Sealant, and Reconditioning Kit\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIn the SONAX PROFILINE headlight care range, several products complement each other to form a complete reconditioning concept. The HeadlightPolish performs the mechanical correction work — it removes the oxidation layer and brings the headlight to high-gloss transparency. After polishing, a protective sealant is essential to secure the result permanently. The \u003ca href=\"\/en\/products\/sonax-profiline-ceramiccoating-cc-headlightcoating-scheinwerferversiegelung\"\u003eSONAX PROFILINE HeadlightCoating \"CC\"\u003c\/a\u003e is the ceramic UV protective sealant that protects the freshly polished polycarbonate from renewed UV degradation and extends the durability of the reconditioning result for several years.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor businesses that want to offer headlight reconditioning as a complete service, the \u003ca href=\"\/en\/products\/sonax-profiline-scheinwerferaufbereitungsset-aufbereitungsset\"\u003eSONAX PROFILINE Headlight Restoration Kit\u003c\/a\u003e is a practical complete solution: It contains all materials for the complete process — sandpaper for the preliminary stage for heavily yellowed headlights, the HeadlightPolish for the polishing phase, and the HeadlightCoating for the final UV protection. For businesses that want to introduce this service, the kit shortens the training period and reduces uncertainties in material selection.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eCompared to third-party headlight cleaning products, the SONAX PROFILINE HeadlightPolish offers the advantage of coordinated product system compatibility: The polish formula is developed so that the polycarbonate provides an optimal surface for the HeadlightCoating after reconditioning — no residues, no incompatibility with the sealing polymer. System-internal compatibility is particularly important in the headlight area, as missing or insufficient adhesion of the protective layer leads to quick detachment and thus to a short-term advantage without a lasting effect.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eBuying SONAX PROFILINE HeadlightPolish — Container Sizes and Recommendation\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe \u003cstrong\u003eSONAX PROFILINE HeadlightPolish\u003c\/strong\u003e is available in 250 ml as well as in 2-pack and 3-pack sets. The 250 ml container is the right size for individual and occasional users: Typically 10–20 ml are needed per pair of headlights, so the 250 ml container is sufficient for 12–25 complete headlight reconditionings. For detailing businesses with several vehicles per week, the 3-pack set is the most economically attractive option and ensures a longer supply without frequent reorders.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe HeadlightPolish is particularly recommended as an integral part of the reconditioning offering for all businesses that offer comprehensive vehicle detailing. Headlight reconditioning is a service that is actively requested by many customers and generates a measurable improvement in the vehicle's value — both visually and functionally. The combination of HeadlightPolish and HeadlightCoating as a complete headlight service is an attractive additional offering that increases the contribution margin per vehicle detailing without much extra effort.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIn summary, the SONAX PROFILINE HeadlightPolish is the right product for anyone who wants to professionally recondition yellowed and oxidized headlights. The professional headlight polish from the PROFILINE range is optimized for polycarbonate surfaces, delivers clear and transparent results, and is the first step in a complete headlight reconditioning process that is completed with the HeadlightCoating.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"SONAX","offers":[{"title":"250ml","offer_id":53521230889295,"sku":"D1-SNX-2761410","price":13.67,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true},{"title":"2x 250ml Set","offer_id":53521230922063,"sku":"D1-SNX-2761410_2","price":26.79,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true},{"title":"3x 250ml Set","offer_id":53521230954831,"sku":"D1-SNX-2761410_3","price":39.37,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0800\/3272\/7375\/files\/sonax-profiline-headlightpolish-scheinwerferpolitur_250ml.png?v=1730655082"},{"product_id":"sonax-profiline-fs-05-04-schleif-politur","title":"PROFILINE FS \"05-04\" Polishing Compound","description":"\u003c!-- BLOCK 1: body_html --\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eUsed Car Paint Restoration with High Cut — SONAX PROFILINE FS 05-04 Cut \u0026 Finish Polish\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cblockquote\u003e\n  \u003cp\u003e\u003cem\u003eWhat does SONAX PROFILINE FS 05-04 deliver? This medium-aggressive cut \u0026 finish polish with a rating of 5\/4 (cut\/gloss) removes sanding marks up to P1500, normal paint weathering, and light scratches — silicone-free, low-dust, and providing good gloss after a single application.\u003c\/em\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/blockquote\u003e\n\n\u003chr\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eIn used car reconditioning, efficiency is key: a single application that both corrects and builds gloss saves time and material. The \u003cstrong\u003eSONAX PROFILINE FS 05-04\u003c\/strong\u003e is designed precisely for this purpose — a medium-aggressive cut \u0026 finish polish with a cut level of 5 and a good gloss level of 4 in the SONAX rating system. The product is suitable for restoring normally weathered and lightly scratched paint, removes sanding marks up to P1500 grit, and delivers a clean gloss after application that often doesn't require a second finishing step. This makes the FS 05-04 a workhorse for professional daily use — especially where many vehicles need to be economically and reliably enhanced.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eHigh cut level with good gloss build-up.\u003c\/strong\u003e With a cut level of 5, the FS 05-04 is in the upper mid-range of SONAX PROFILINE polishes — aggressive enough to reliably remove bothersome sanding marks up to P1500, oxidation layers, and fine to medium scratches. At the same time, the gloss level 4 delivers a clean, even paint gloss after application, which is often sufficient as a final result in used car reconditioning. This combination reduces the total number of necessary polishing steps and increases profitability per vehicle.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSilicone-free, low-dust, and odorless — professional processing properties.\u003c\/strong\u003e The silicone-free formulation prevents fisheyes during subsequent painting work and makes the FS 05-04 a safe choice in workshops where vehicles may undergo further bodywork after polishing. Its low-dust property keeps the work surface clean, simplifies post-processing, and protects the machine and adjacent components. The odorless nature improves working comfort — especially when used in enclosed halls or when processing large quantities of vehicles.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDesigned for use with speed-controlled rotary polishers.\u003c\/strong\u003e The formulation of FS 05-04 is matched to the use of speed-controlled rotary polishing machines — a widely used machine type in the professional sector, known for its high cutting performance and uniform material removal. The paste shows its optimal behavior at medium to higher speeds: reliable removal in the first phase, a controllable working point, and clean gloss development during the finishing process. The FS 05-04 can also be used with eccentric polishers, although the cutting performance is slightly lower there due to the reduced pressure and different movement kinematics.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003chr\u003e\n\n\u003cblockquote class=\"praxistipp\"\u003e\n  \u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDetailing1 Pro Tip:\u003c\/strong\u003e For used car reconditioning with FS 05-04, we recommend the following procedure for reproducible results: work panel by panel with a medium-hard polishing foam on a rotary machine — speed 900–1200 rpm for normal cut, increase up to 1500 rpm for stubborn sanding marks. Apply the paste thinly to an area of approx. 50×50 cm, spread slowly first, then work in polishing mode until the paste becomes transparent. Always perform a test spot before working — especially on unknown vehicles that may have repainted panels or thin clear coats. After FS 05-04, one pass with \u003ca href=\"\/en\/products\/sonax-profiline-np-03-06-hochglanz-politur-finish\"\u003eSONAX PROFILINE NP 03-06\u003c\/a\u003e as a finishing polish is usually sufficient to achieve a mirror-smooth high-gloss result. For normally weathered paints without deep scratches, FS 05-04 can often be used as a standalone solution.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/blockquote\u003e\n\n\u003chr\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eThe SONAX PROFILINE rating system — what 05-04 means and why it's crucial for polish selection\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSONAX rates all PROFILINE polishes using a standardized two-digit system: The first number represents the cutting performance (abrasiveness), the second represents the gloss potential — each on a scale from 1 (minimal) to 6 (maximal). This system allows for quick and clear classification of a product within the polishing workflow without having to delve into the detailed product description. The \u003cstrong\u003eSONAX PROFILINE FS 05-04\u003c\/strong\u003e thus stands for a combination of high cutting performance (5) and good, though not maximum, gloss potential (4) — the classic profile of a compound polish that corrects paint imperfections while leaving behind a presentable gloss.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIn terms of processing, a cut level of 5 means: The abrasive particles in FS 05-04 are large and hard enough to reliably remove normally weathered paints (oxidation, dull spots, baked-on dirt particles) and sanding marks up to P1500 grit. P1500 is a typical grit for wet sanding as preparation before polishing — if you need to polish away wet sanding marks after wet sanding, FS 05-04 is a good choice. At the same time, a cut level of 5 is controllable — with correct machine settings and working technique, the risk of burning through the clear coat is manageable even with thinner paint layers, provided the user is familiar with the material's limits.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eA gloss level of 4 means: After working with the cut \u0026 finish polish, a clean, even gloss remains on the paint — visibly better than the untreated, oxidized initial state, but still with a fine holographic haze that is visible under direct light. This holographic haze is a typical characteristic of a compound polish and can be completely removed with a finishing step (e.g., NP 03-06 or PerfectFinish). In used car reconditioning — where the end product is often not inspected under studio lighting — a gloss level of 4 is often sufficient as the final result.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eApplying FS 05-04 correctly — machine settings, polishing foam, and workflow\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe correct use of \u003cstrong\u003eFS 05-04\u003c\/strong\u003e begins with machine selection: For optimal results, a speed-controlled rotary polishing machine (fleece, polishing, or workshop machine) is the ideal tool. Rotary machines generate high surface heat and controllable material removal through their circular rotation — ideal conditions for the abrasive particles of FS 05-04. Recommended speed ranges: 900–1200 rpm for normal used car reconditioning (oxidation, weathering, fine scratches), 1200–1500 rpm for more stubborn sanding marks after P1500 wet sanding. Higher speeds improve cutting performance but also increase energy input — a compromise that requires experience.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003ePolishing foam selection: For FS 05-04, a medium-hard polishing foam (medium-cut pad) is best — soft finishing pads reduce cutting performance too much, while very hard wool or microfiber pads further increase material removal, which can be risky on unknown paints. A proven compromise is a yellow-orange polishing foam of medium hardness, which fully utilizes the effectiveness of FS 05-04 without removing unnecessarily too much material. When used on eccentric polishers (DA machines), a slightly harder pad can be chosen to compensate for the lower pressure of eccentric technology.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eStep-by-step workflow: 1. Clean paint (pre-soak, iron remover, tar remover), 2. Measure paint thickness (paint thickness gauge recommended for unknown vehicles), 3. Work on a test area (one panel per side to calibrate machine settings), 4. Work panel by panel (approx. 40×50 cm work areas), 5. Check result under LED low light (to reveal holograms), 6. If necessary, a finishing pass with NP 03-06 or PerfectFinish, 7. Seal paint (polymer sealant or ceramic coating). After working, FS 05-04 should be wiped off with a clean microfiber polishing cloth — no drying out and hard wiping, as dried polish residue can damage the clean final surface.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eImportant note on paint temperature: FS 05-04 should be processed on paint surfaces between 15–30 °C. Paint that is too cold (below 10 °C) prevents the even incorporation of abrasive particles, while paint that is too hot (direct sunlight, summer heat) causes the paste to dry too quickly and makes processing more difficult. In summer, it is recommended to work indoors or in the early morning hours.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eUsed car value enhancement with FS 05-04 — typical damage patterns and results\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe primary application area for \u003cstrong\u003eSONAX PROFILINE FS 05-04\u003c\/strong\u003e is professional used car reconditioning: vehicles that have been in use for two to ten years, whose paint has lost its original gloss due to UV exposure, car wash contact, mechanical influences, and weathering. Typical damage patterns where FS 05-04 can be optimally used include: oxidized, dull paint with a haze; water spots that cannot be removed by normal washing; fine to medium scratches from improper cleaning (car wash damage, wiping marks); sanding marks after wet sanding up to P1500 as preparation for deep scratch removal.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWhat FS 05-04 cannot achieve: deep scratches that reach the base coat or primer cannot fundamentally be completely removed by polishing — polishing does not add material but removes it. If you want to remove severe impact marks, parking lot damage, or deep etched scratches, you must either pre-treat with significantly coarser sanding papers (P800–P1200) and then start with \u003ca href=\"\/en\/products\/sonax-profiline-ultimatecut-schleif-politur\"\u003eSONAX PROFILINE UltimateCut\u003c\/a\u003e for heavy removal before using FS 05-04 for fine correction. This multi-stage approach is common practice for used car dealers or professional reconditioning workshops.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor vehicle fleets and used car dealers with high throughput, FS 05-04 in the 5-liter container is particularly economical: a consistent, reproducible result across many vehicles, combined with low paste consumption per panel (typically: 3–5 ml for a 40×50 cm work area), makes the 5-liter container a cost-efficient tool in daily operations. For exhibition and show vehicles, where the optical condition directly influences sales prices, the use of FS 05-04 as a standard reconditioning step is a sensible investment.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eFS 05-04 in comparison — classification within the SONAX PROFILINE polish range\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe SONAX PROFILINE polish range offers a tailored solution for every application. The classification of \u003cstrong\u003eSONAX PROFILINE FS 05-04\u003c\/strong\u003e within the range is directly comparable using the rating system: If even more aggressive cutting performance is needed for deeper scratches or wet sanding from P1000, reach for \u003ca href=\"\/en\/products\/sonax-profiline-ultimatecut-schleif-politur\"\u003eSONAX PROFILINE UltimateCut 6+\/3\u003c\/a\u003e (cut level 6+, gloss level 3) — the highest abrasiveness in the range, but lower gloss potential, which always requires a finishing step. The \u003ca href=\"\/en\/products\/sonax-profiline-cutmax-schleif-politur\"\u003eSONAX PROFILINE CutMax 6\/4\u003c\/a\u003e positions itself with a cut level of 6 and a gloss level of 4 between UltimateCut and FS 05-04 — also for aggressive corrections, but already with somewhat better gloss development than UltimateCut.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe FS 05-04 with 5\/4 is the compromise product for typical reconditioning cases — cutting performance high enough for most used car damage patterns, gloss performance good enough to often forgo a finishing pass. For users seeking even better gloss performance with a good cutting level, PROFILINE Cut+Finish 5\/5 offers an interesting alternative: the same cutting performance as FS 05-04, but one level better gloss potential (5 instead of 4) — though at a higher price per liter. The choice between FS 05-04 and Cut+Finish depends on whether the final finishing pass is regularly intended to be saved or not.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAs a follow-up polish after FS 05-04, depending on the desired final result, we recommend: \u003ca href=\"\/en\/products\/sonax-profiline-np-03-06-hochglanz-politur-finish\"\u003eSONAX PROFILINE NP 03-06\u003c\/a\u003e (cut level 3, gloss level 6) for a quick finishing pass with maximum gloss effect, or \u003ca href=\"\/en\/products\/sonax-profiline-perfectfinish-finish-politur\"\u003eSONAX PROFILINE PerfectFinish 4\/6\u003c\/a\u003e for cases where structured post-processing is still necessary after wet sanding. Both finishing polishes completely remove the holograms from FS 05-04 and prepare the paint for a final sealant.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eBuying SONAX PROFILINE FS 05-04 — Container sizes, target audience, and conclusion\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe \u003cstrong\u003eSONAX PROFILINE FS 05-04\u003c\/strong\u003e is available in three container sizes: 250 ml for initial use, testing in the workshop, or occasional use on individual vehicles; 1 liter as a standard container for regular reconditioning of small to medium quantities of vehicles; and 5 liters for used car dealers, car rental companies, and reconditioning businesses with high throughput. The choice of container should be based on actual frequency of use — polishing pastes have a limited shelf life after opening, and an overly large container that sits in the workshop for years loses effectiveness due to separation and drying out of the emulsion.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eTarget audience for FS 05-04: Professional vehicle detailers focused on the used car business, dealers and workshops that take in trade-ins and want to visually enhance them before resale; car wash operations with reconditioning services; detailing studios looking for an economical compound for standard correction cases without having to set up a multi-stage polish for every vehicle. For home users who want to recondition their vehicle once a year, the 250 ml container is sufficient — however, the use of a rotary machine is a prerequisite for achieving the specified cutting performance.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIn summary, SONAX PROFILINE FS 05-04 is the right cut \u0026 finish polish when correction and a presentable gloss result are to be achieved in a single step. The combination of cut level 5 and gloss level 4, the silicone-free and low-dust formulation, and the availability in three container sizes make it a versatile tool in professional polishing. Anyone looking for a product that can be used economically, safely, and reproducibly in used car reconditioning will find a solid and proven solution in FS 05-04.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"SONAX","offers":[{"title":"1000 ml \/ 1 liter","offer_id":57344960790863,"sku":"D1-SNX-3193000","price":34.72,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true},{"title":"5 liters","offer_id":57344960823631,"sku":"D1-SNX-3195000","price":158.27,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0800\/3272\/7375\/files\/sonax-profiline-fs-05-04_250ml.png?v=1774730669"},{"product_id":"sonax-profiline-sp-06-02-schleif-politur-heavy-cut","title":"PROFILINE SP \"06-02\" Sanding Polish (Heavy-Cut)","description":"\u003ch2\u003eRemoving Deep Scratches, Sanding Marks, and Overspray with SONAX PROFILINE SP \"06-02\"\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cblockquote\u003e\n  \u003cp\u003e\u003cem\u003eWhat can SONAX PROFILINE SP \"06-02\" do? The silicone-free heavy-cut abrasive polish with an abrasive grade of 6 removes sanding marks up to P1200, overspray, etching, and deeply embedded scratches on all paints — as the first step in a professional polishing workflow.\u003c\/em\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/blockquote\u003e\n\n\u003chr\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eIn professional paint detailing, there's no \"one-size-fits-all\" polish. A high-quality multi-step workflow divides the work: first, a heavy-cut polish removes severe defects, then a finish polish refines the result until the paint is free of sanding marks and achieves maximum gloss. This is exactly the role of the \u003cstrong\u003eSONAX PROFILINE SP 06-02\u003c\/strong\u003e as the first and most powerful step — a silicone-free abrasive polish with an abrasive grade of 6, developed for use with a rotary polishing machine. It removes sanding marks from wet sanding processes up to P1200, overspray, etching caused by bird droppings, insects, and tree sap, as well as heavily weathered single-stage paints. The SONAX PROFILINE SP polishing system is firmly established in the professional paint detailing sector: the clearly defined abrasive and gloss levels allow for precise planning of a multi-step workflow, where each polish performs exactly what it was developed for — and the SP \"06-02\" is the strongest and most abrasive tool in the entire set. It represents the first, crucial step, without which subsequent refining steps would not be able to unfold their effect.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eAbrasive grade 6 for defects that other polishes cannot tackle.\u003c\/strong\u003e Deeply embedded scratches, sanding marks after wet sanding with P1000 or P1200, baked-on overspray, and heavily oxidized paint surfaces: these are the application areas for which the SP \"06-02\" was designed. Conventional medium-cut polishes with abrasive grades 4 or 5 fail at these tasks — the SP \"06-02\" systematically and controllably eliminates them, without removing unnecessary paint material.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSilicone-free — suitable for rework and painting.\u003c\/strong\u003e Silicone-containing polishes leave residues that are difficult to remove and can lead to fish eyes and adhesion problems during subsequent painting or sealing work. The SP \"06-02\" is completely silicone-free — it leaves no traces that hinder later correction work on the paint, making it the standard for professional paint detailing and workshops that also do repainting.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDefined abrasive pattern for predictable subsequent polishes.\u003c\/strong\u003e The SP \"06-02\" creates a defined, uniform abrasive pattern on the paint, which can be precisely and efficiently refined with the subsequent polish PROFILINE FS 05-04. The coordinated abrasive and gloss levels in the PROFILINE system are no accident — they allow for a workflow where the next step always builds on the previous one, without unnecessary intermediate steps or rework.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003chr\u003e\n\n\u003cblockquote class=\"praxistipp\"\u003e\n  \u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003ePractical tip from Detailing1:\u003c\/strong\u003e Always apply the SP \"06-02\" to a clean, dust-free paint surface and degrease the surface beforehand with an IPA mixture (isopropyl alcohol) to remove residues from waxes or care products. In the first pass, use higher pressure (5–10 kg) at a lower speed (800 rpm) to activate the abrasive and remove the defect. Then reduce pressure and increase speed (1200 rpm) for the polishing-out phase. Always work in a checkerboard pattern to avoid transitions. After the SP \"06-02\", always check the defined abrasive pattern under good lighting before proceeding with the FS 05-04.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/blockquote\u003e\n\n\u003chr\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eAbrasive grade 6 and gloss level 2 — how SP \"06-02\" deals with paint defects\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eThe SONAX PROFILINE system defines abrasive and gloss levels on a scale that makes it easier to select the right polish for each degree of defect. Abrasive grade 6 is the highest abrasive grade in the SP range — it corresponds to an aggressive cut that also tackles stubborn defects such as deeply embedded scratches and wet sanding marks up to P1200. At the same time, gloss level 2 means that the SP \"06-02\" leaves a certain haze after polishing, which needs to be further refined by a finish polish. This is not a disadvantage, but the plan: a heavy-cut polish that simultaneously produces maximum gloss always compromises either the cutting performance or the finish. The SP \"06-02\" is optimized for the first step — and performs this step so well that the second step with the FS 05-04 becomes efficient and predictable.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eThe abrasive formulation of the \u003cstrong\u003eSONAX PROFILINE SP 06-02\u003c\/strong\u003e works with mineral abrasive particles that become actively abrasive under the polishing pressure of the rotary polisher. These \"breaking down\" abrasives break down during the polishing process: in the first pass with high pressure, they act with their full aggressiveness; in the second pass with reduced pressure, they become finer and create a more uniform abrasive pattern. This self-dissolving behavior is the reason why the SP \"06-02\", despite its abrasive grade of 6, delivers a controlled and predictable result — the paint is not removed uncontrollably, but systematically processed. If you want to understand why professional detailers appreciate the PROFILINE system, you will find one of the central reasons here: the chemistry works with the machine, not against it.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eImportant for practical use: the SP \"06-02\" is designed for use with a rotary polishing machine, not eccentric machines. Rotary machines generate the necessary heat and pressure to optimally activate the abrasives. With an eccentric machine at a low abrasive grade and moderate pressure, a heavy-cut polish can theoretically be used, but the result and efficiency are significantly worse. In professional use, for which the SP \"06-02\" is designed, only the rotary machine is used — ideally with a lambswool pad for maximum cutting performance or a hard foam pad for a controlled abrasive pattern on more sensitive paints.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eApplying SP \"06-02\" correctly — the workflow with a rotary polishing machine\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003ePhase 1 begins with a prepared paint area, free of dust and dirt. The panel to be worked on should also be at room temperature — cold paint reacts differently to abrasives than warm, and at temperatures below 10 degrees Celsius, the polish cannot develop its optimal effect. Apply product to the pad — not too much, about 4–6 pea-sized drops for an area of about one square meter. Then start with 5–10 kg pressure at 800 rpm and guide evenly over the area to be worked on. The higher pressure activates the abrasives and ensures that defects are removed efficiently. This phase lasts about 30 seconds per square meter and is the actual sanding process.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003ePhase 2 follows immediately: reduce pressure to 1–2 kg, increase speed to 1200 rpm. Now the SP \"06-02\" switches to the polishing-out phase. The finer abrasive particles level the surface created in Phase 1 and create the uniform, defined abrasive pattern that serves as the ideal starting point for the subsequent FS polish. This phase lasts about 60 seconds per square meter. Afterward, remove residues with a clean microfiber cloth and check the result under good lighting — ideally with an LED diagnostic lamp. If defects are still visible, repeat the phase before applying the next polish. The checkerboard pattern is important here: even overlaps of 50% of the pad surface prevent transitions and uneven material removal depths.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eA practical tip for pad selection: The SONAX PROFILINE lambswool pad provides the highest cutting performance with the SP \"06-02\" and is the first choice for hard-to-reach defects or large-area weathering damage. The hard foam pad offers slightly less aggressiveness, but a more uniform abrasive pattern and less heat generation — ideal for more sensitive paints or if you want to control the removal more precisely. The decision between the pads therefore depends on the paint condition and the task: the more aggressive the defects, the more likely lambswool; the more sensitive the paint, the more likely a hard foam pad. If you have both pads in the set, you can switch from lambswool to the foam pad after the first round to further harmonize the abrasive pattern before the FS 05-04 — this often saves a separate polishing pass.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eAfter the SP \"06-02\", the paint is in a state that still shows holograms and fine sanding marks under direct light — this is intended and expected. The purpose of the subsequent polish is precisely this: to further refine this defined abrasive pattern until the paint is hologram-free and highly glossy. Using the SP \"06-02\" as a sole polish and applying wax over it would not be effective — it is the first, not the last step.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eApplication areas — when the SP \"06-02\" is the right choice\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eThe SP \"06-02\" comes into play in situations where medium-cut polishes are no longer sufficient: freshly repainted panels with orange peel or grit marks, vehicles with deep swirl marks after years without professional detailing, heavily weathered single-stage paints on classic vehicles, and especially post-treatment after wet sanding with P1000–P1200. In damage repair — after hail damage with small sanding spots, after bird dropping etching that has penetrated deep into the clear coat — the SP \"06-02\" is the tool of choice because medium polishes do not fully reach the depth of these damages. Also in overspray removal, where the abrasive effect is necessary to abrade the superimposed foreign paint particles, the SP \"06-02\" shows its full strength.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eThe SP \"06-02\" has limitations on extremely thin or already heavily thinned paints. For vehicles that have already undergone multiple professional detailing treatments and whose clear coat has little residual thickness, the paint thickness should be measured before using a heavy-cut product. This is not a disadvantage of the SP \"06-02\" — it is a general principle of any abrasive treatment that is automatically taken into account in professional use. The SP \"06-02\" removes defined and controllable amounts of paint when applied correctly and is not a tool for the casual user without experience with rotary machines. Professional detailers generally recommend always working on a test area in a less visible spot before the first use on an unfamiliar vehicle to get a feel for the paint hardness and removal rate — every paint reacts slightly differently, and what works effortlessly on a soft Japanese clear coat requires significantly more machine pressure and dwell time on a hard German clear coat.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eSP \"06-02\" in the polishing system — the three-step workflow with PROFILINE\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eThe SONAX PROFILINE polishing system is designed as a coordinated three-step system. First step: The SP \"06-02\" as a heavy-cut polish removes coarse defects and creates the defined abrasive pattern. Second step: The \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.detailing1.de\/products\/sonax-profiline-fs-05-04-schleif-politur\"\u003ePROFILINE FS 05-04\u003c\/a\u003e — a medium-cut finish polish with an abrasive grade of 5 and gloss level 4 — refines the result of the SP \"06-02\" and eliminates the holograms and sanding marks created in the first step. Third step: The \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.detailing1.de\/products\/sonax-profiline-np-03-06-hochglanz-politur-finish\"\u003ePROFILINE NP 03-06\u003c\/a\u003e achieves the final high gloss with an abrasive grade of 3 and gloss level 6 and leaves the paint in a swirl-free condition, ready for all sealants and protective products. This gradation from 6 over 5 and 4 to 3 and 6 is no coincidence — it reflects a carefully developed progression that delivers exactly what the next step needs at each stage.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eIf you have fewer defects and want to get by with a single polish, you can use the \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.detailing1.de\/products\/sonax-profiline-ultimatecut-schleif-politur\"\u003ePROFILINE UltimateCut\u003c\/a\u003e — a high-speed abrasive polish designed for one-step use on eccentric and rotary machines. The UltimateCut is aggressive and efficient, but not as strong as the SP \"06-02\" and at the same time delivers a better finish — a compromise that makes sense for many everyday detailing tasks. If, on the other hand, you need maximum cutting performance with a clearly defined follow-up workflow — and this is the typical demand in professional paint detailing — the SP \"06-02\" in a complete three-step system is optimally positioned.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003ePurchase recommendation — for whom the SONAX PROFILINE SP 06-02 is worthwhile\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eThe SP \"06-02\" is the right tool for professional detailers, painters, and ambitious detailers who work with a rotary polishing machine and want to systematically tackle demanding paint defects. It is always worthwhile when medium polishes are no longer sufficient: after wet sanding, for deep scratches, for overspray, or for heavily weathered paints. Those looking for a single heavy-cut solution for professional use will find the SP \"06-02\" to be a reliable and versatile product from a coordinated system. Together with the FS 05-04 and NP 03-06, it results in a complete, scalable detailing workflow suitable for practically any task in professional paint polishing — from simple scratch removal to complete paint restoration. The 250 ml bottle is suitable for beginners and for trying out the system, the 1-liter container for daily professional use. Those who choose the SP 06-02 are also choosing a clear work philosophy: not fast and with compromises, but systematic and with results. For ambitious hobby detailers who want to delve into professional paint detailing, the SP system is an excellent entry point — the clear steps and predictable effectiveness make it easier to understand and optimize one's own approach. For professionals who detail vehicles daily, the SP \"06-02\" is a reliable constant in the workflow that can be relied upon without surprises. And for workshops that offer detailing services in addition to repair work, it is the right tool to systematically tackle even the most stubborn paint damage with reproducible results.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"SONAX","offers":[{"title":"250ml","offer_id":57345086554447,"sku":"D1-SNX-3201410","price":11.94,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0800\/3272\/7375\/files\/sonax-profiline-sp-06-02_250ml.png?v=1774731897"},{"product_id":"sonax-profiline-os-04-05-hochglanz-politur-one-step","title":"PROFILINE OS \"04-05\" High Gloss Polish (One-Step)","description":"\u003ch2\u003ePaint Correction and High Gloss in One Polishing Pass — PROFILINE OS \"04-05\" in Professional Use\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cblockquote\u003e\n  \u003cp\u003e\u003cem\u003eWhat does SONAX PROFILINE OS \"04-05\" achieve? The one-step polish combines medium abrasive power with high gloss performance — scratch correction and finishing in one step, silicone-free and machine-compatible for professional workshop and detailing use.\u003c\/em\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/blockquote\u003e\n\n\u003chr\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eIn professional vehicle detailing, efficiency directly determines economic success. A polish that delivers correction and finishing in a single pass not only saves time but also reduces machine effort, pad consumption, and the time-consuming switching between different polishing steps. The \u003cstrong\u003eSONAX PROFILINE OS \"04-05\"\u003c\/strong\u003e has been developed precisely for this purpose: a one-step polish with medium abrasive power and high gloss effect, which corrects scratches and simultaneously brings a deep high gloss to the paint surface in a single machine pass. Available in 250 ml and 1000 ml, silicone-free formulation — designed for professional workshop and detailing operations.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCorrection and finishing in one step for efficient time management.\u003c\/strong\u003e Those who want to polish a lightly to moderately scratched paint without performing two separate polishing steps will find in the OS \"04-05\" a tool that accomplishes both tasks in one polishing session. The time saving per vehicle is noticeable — especially in commercial operations, where every hour saved directly improves the margin.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMedium abrasive power corrects fine to medium paint scratches without excessive paint removal.\u003c\/strong\u003e The abrasiveness of the polish is calibrated to safely remove holograms, wash marring, and fine to medium oxidation layers. For most vehicles in normal use, this abrasive power is entirely sufficient — without unnecessarily reducing the valuable clear coat thickness with overly aggressive abrasives.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSilicone-free formulation for workshop use without contamination risk.\u003c\/strong\u003e Silicone in care products is problematic for painting work: it prevents the adhesion of topcoats and clear coats and is difficult to remove completely with simple cleaning. The silicone-free formula of the OS \"04-05\" makes the product suitable for body shops that also rework or paint detailed vehicles.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003chr\u003e\n\n\u003cblockquote class=\"praxistipp\"\u003e\n  \u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003ePractical tip from Detailing1:\u003c\/strong\u003e The OS \"04-05\" achieves the best results with a medium-hard foam pad on an orbital polisher. Apply the product evenly to the panel at a low speed, then increase the speed for the working pass. When the polish changes from cloudy to clear during application — a typical sign of diminishing abrasives — the optimal time for buffing is reached. For buffing, switch to a clean microfiber cloth and check the result against the light.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/blockquote\u003e\n\n\u003chr\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eThe OS designation explained — what the numbers 04-05 say about abrasive power and gloss\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eSONAX labels its PROFILINE polishes with a pair of numbers that directly inform about the product properties: The first number stands for abrasive power (Cut), the second for gloss performance (Gloss). The scale ranges from 1 (minimal) to 6 (maximal). The OS \"04-05\" thus has a medium to strong abrasive effect with simultaneously high gloss capability — a combination that is optimal for a one-step approach: enough bite for real correction work, enough gloss for a presentable finishing result.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eThe \"OS\" in the product name stands for \"One-Step\" — the principle of combining abrasive and gloss components in a single product. Classic two-step workflows first use an abrasive polish with high abrasiveness that mechanically removes scratches, then a finish polish that eliminates holograms and creates deep gloss. The OS line eliminates this second step by having the abrasive particles initially abrade aggressively during the polishing process and then break down into smaller particles that produce the final polished finish.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eIn the SONAX PROFILINE portfolio, there are several OS variants developed for different initial situations and paint conditions. The \u003ca href=\"\/en\/products\/sonax-profiline-os-02-06-hochglanz-politur-versiegelung-one-step\"\u003ePROFILINE OS \"02-06\"\u003c\/a\u003e has less abrasive power (02) with even higher gloss performance (06) and integrated wax sealant — it is the right choice for new or already detailed paints that only require a care polish without significant correction. The OS \"04-05\" cuts more aggressively and is designed for paints in typical use condition with fine to medium scratches.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eThe concept of diminishing abrasives is a crucial factor for the quality of one-step polishes. Simple products with fixed abrasive particles polish uniformly aggressively from beginning to end; the fluidity during buffing can then leave coarse polishing marks in the paint, making a subsequent finishing step mandatory. With the OS \"04-05\", the abrasives progressively break down under pressure and heat, becoming finer and finer, and automatically creating a finer surface at the end of the work step. This physical process is the core reason why professional-grade one-step polishes work and cannot be replaced by inexpensive universal polishes.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eApplication of the one-step polish — machine-appropriate workflow for orbital and rotary polishers\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eThe OS \"04-05\" is designed for machine application. A one-step polish with this abrasive power can hardly be used effectively by hand because the pressure and speed would be too low for complete scratch correction. In professional operations, either orbital polishers (DA-Polishers) or rotary polishers are used — both work with the OS \"04-05\", but produce different results.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eWith an orbital polisher (DA-Polisher), the error tolerance is significantly higher than with a rotary machine: the random movement of the eccentric prevents the formation of holograms or swirls, even if the machine lingers briefly in one spot. This makes the orbital polisher the preferred choice for beginners in machine detailing and for businesses that want to combine high throughput speeds with consistent quality results. A medium-hard foam pad with a diameter of 135–145 mm is recommended for one-step polishing with an orbital polisher.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eWith a rotary machine, a stronger cut is achieved with the same polish — which can make a significant difference for heavily scratched paints. A rotary machine requires more experience, as overheating and hologram formation are possible if the pad and movement speed are not correct. A softer pad than for the orbital polisher helps reduce the risk of holograms. For experienced detailers, the rotary machine with the OS \"04-05\" is a very fast combination for correction work.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eThe correct amount of product is an underestimated factor: too little polish on the pad dries too quickly and does not create a uniform abrasive effect. Too much polish slings off the pad at high speeds and leads to product waste without quality improvement. As a guideline: about four to five pea-sized dots on the pad for a standard panel like a hood or driver's door. Before the first pass, slowly spread the pad over the panel before increasing the speed.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003ePad care between panels is another quality factor that is often underestimated in everyday use. A caked-up pad with dried polish residue polishes worse than a fresh pad and can even cause scratches on sensitive surfaces. In professional operations, a pad washing machine or a pad cleaning brush is recommended to regularly clean the pad during a long detailing session. Alternatively, a supply of pads is recommended so that a fresh pad is always available without interrupting the workflow.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eAreas of application and limitations — for which paints and scratch patterns the OS \"04-05\" is suitable\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eThe OS \"04-05\" covers the largest range of applications within the PROFILINE One-Step line. Vehicles in normal use condition — parking abrasions, wash marring, fine holograms from previous detailing, light weathering oxidation — are ideal candidates for detailing with the OS \"04-05\". In these cases, a single polishing pass is sufficient to achieve a significantly improved gloss level and a cleanly corrected surface.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eThe limits of the OS \"04-05\" lie where deep scratches or heavily oxidized clear coat surfaces require higher abrasive power. A deep scratch where the nail catches when running over it reaches into the base coat or even through the clear coat — here, an abrasive polish from the high-cut range is necessary before a one-step polish can be meaningfully used. Even with heavily matted surfaces with pronounced clear coat oxidation, an aggressive abrasive polish like the \u003ca href=\"\/en\/products\/sonax-profiline-cut-finish-einstufen-politur\"\u003ePROFILINE Cut+Finish \"5\/5\"\u003c\/a\u003e is recommended first to prepare the surface before the OS \"04-05\" takes over the finishing.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eThe OS \"04-05\" has proven particularly effective for used car trade-ins and consignments: vehicles that have not been known to be detailed and whose paint condition requires an assessment without extensive preliminary examination can be quickly assessed with a test panel. If the one-step polish visibly removes scratches and builds gloss on a test area, the abrasive power is sufficient. If not, it is clear that a more aggressive product is necessary beforehand.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eImportant for commercial use: The test panel should always be performed in a less exposed area — such as the B-pillar or the lower edge of a rear door — so that an unexpected result does not leave visible damage on a main surface. For businesses that regularly detail vehicles of unknown origin and pretreatment, a structured polishing triage is indispensable: first decontamination, then test panel, then decision on product choice for full detailing. This approach prevents costly mistakes and delivers a consistently good result to the customer.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eOn high-gloss paints of darker colors — black, anthracite, dark blue — polishing marks are particularly visible. If holograms are seen after polishing on these shades, a short post-polishing step can optionally be added with a soft finishing pad and the lighter \u003ca href=\"\/en\/products\/sonax-profiline-np-03-06-hochglanz-politur-finish\"\u003ePROFILINE NP \"03-06\"\u003c\/a\u003e, which eliminates remaining fine marks and further deepens the gloss. In most cases, however, this is not necessary on light to medium shades — the one-step polish leaves a hologram-free, deep high-gloss result directly with the right pad, which is immediately presentable.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eOS \"04-05\" in comparison — Classification in the PROFILINE polish matrix\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eThe SONAX PROFILINE polish series offers the right product for every correction effort. To make the right choice, a look at the entire range helps: On one side are the heavy-cut polishes with high abrasive power and low gloss effect, on the other side are the finish polishes with minimal abrasive power and maximum gloss performance. The OS products are positioned across this as one-step solutions: They forgo the highest abrasive grades, but combine practical correction performance with good gloss values.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eIn a direct comparison with the OS \"02-06\", the difference lies clearly in the application situation: The OS \"02-06\" is a care polish with wax sealant for regularly maintained vehicles without correction needs — it shines excellently and seals at the same time, but has little bite for scratches. The OS \"04-05\" is the one-step solution for vehicles that need real correction. Those who detail vehicles in fleet operations that have accumulated significant marks between intervals will use the OS \"04-05\".\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eCompared to a classic two-step workflow with Cut+Finish \"5\/5\" followed by a finish polish, the OS \"04-05\" saves time at the expense of maximum correction depth. Those who want to detail a vehicle to show car level will not be able to avoid the two separate steps. For workshop detailing operations that detail several vehicles daily in an acceptable time and want to deliver a good — but not perfection-seeking — result, the OS \"04-05\" is the more economical choice.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eA practical decision-making scheme for polish selection: If, after cleaning and decontamination, the vehicle only shows fine wash marring swirls under an LED lamp and no deep scratches — OS \"04-05\" is sufficient. If deep individual scratches or extensive heavy oxidation are present — first Cut+Finish or heavy-cut polish, then optionally finish with the OS \"04-05\". If the vehicle has been freshly detailed and only a few months have passed — OS \"02-06\" for care without significant removal. These three scenarios cover the majority of daily detailing work, and for the middle case, the one-step polish with 04-05 designation is usually the right answer.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eBuying advice — for whom the SONAX PROFILINE OS \"04-05\" is the right choice\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eThe \u003cstrong\u003eSONAX PROFILINE OS \"04-05\"\u003c\/strong\u003e is the polish for professional detailers who work on vehicles daily and are looking for a reliable one-step solution for standard cases. Car dealerships, used car dealers, rental car fleets, and mobile detailers benefit from a product that delivers a clean result in one polishing pass for typical use conditions. The 1000 ml bottle is designed for continuous operation; the 250 ml bottle is suitable for individual users or for testing before a bulk purchase.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eThe silicone-free formulation also makes the polish suitable for businesses that offer vehicle detailing and paint repair under one roof. Those who subsequently bring detailed vehicles into the paint booth or perform partial paint jobs must be sure that polish residues do not cause fisheyes, wetting problems, or adhesion problems in the fresh topcoat. With the silicone-free formulation of the one-step polish, this risk factor is reliably eliminated.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eAs a verified SONAX specialist dealer, Detailing1 carries the one-step polish in both container sizes and is happy to advise on the selection of the appropriate one-step product for the respective area of application. If you are unsure which OS variant is better suited for your requirements, it is best to describe the typical paint condition of the vehicles to be processed — then the recommendation can be made precisely. For businesses that do not yet have experience with the PROFILINE polish series, it is recommended to start with the 250 ml bottle to calibrate pad choice and machine settings on a test vehicle before ordering the 1-liter container for full operation.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"SONAX","offers":[{"title":"250ml","offer_id":57345087308111,"sku":"D1-SNX-2121410","price":14.14,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true},{"title":"1000 ml \/ 1 liter","offer_id":57345087340879,"sku":"D1-SNX-2123000","price":38.48,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0800\/3272\/7375\/files\/sonax-profiline-os-04-05_1liter.png?v=1774731877"},{"product_id":"sonax-profiline-clay-knetmasse","title":"PROFILINE Clay Putty","description":"\u003ch2\u003eMechanically Decontaminating the Paint Surface — SONAX PROFILINE Clay Bar in Professional Use\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cblockquote\u003e\n  \u003cp\u003e\u003cem\u003eWhat makes the Clay Bar from the SONAX PROFILINE range special? The high-quality professional clay from Japan removes stubborn contaminants such as industrial fallout, tar, paint overspray, and brake dust from paint, glass, and chrome, without scratching the surface — mechanically, without chemicals, in a 100g hand-sized bar.\u003c\/em\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/blockquote\u003e\n\n\u003chr\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eRegular washing and chemical cleaners reliably remove many contaminants — but not all. Industrial fallout, baked-on overspray, stubborn tar residues, and adhesive residues mechanically anchor themselves in the paint surface and adhere despite shampoo and pre-wash. The \u003cstrong\u003eSONAX PROFILINE Clay Bar\u003c\/strong\u003e removes these contaminants through mechanical abrasion: the clay glides over the lubricated surface and \"captures\" dirt particles protruding from the paint within the clay itself — a physical process that cleans more deeply than any cleaner alone.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eScratch-free mechanical cleaning thanks to Japanese formulation.\u003c\/strong\u003e The PROFILINE product is based on an original product from Japan — a manufacturing country known for precisely crafted detailing clays with uniform particle distribution. The finely tuned consistency allows it to pick up dirt particles without leaving scratches — provided sufficient lubricant is used and the clay is applied with light guidance rather than pressure.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDimensionally stable, non-sticky, durable.\u003c\/strong\u003e Unlike inexpensive clay bars that become sticky, decompose, or leave residues on contact with the paint after a short time, this clay bar retains its shape and remains grippy. Germ-free dry storage in the included box allows for a long service life over many detailing jobs.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eApplicable to paint, glass, and chrome.\u003c\/strong\u003e All exposed vehicle surfaces subject to regular environmental stress can be treated with the Clay Bar — clear coat, tempered glass, chrome-plated attachments, and alloy wheels. The 100g hand size is sufficient for the complete treatment of a medium-sized car and allows for precise work in small areas.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003chr\u003e\n\n\u003cblockquote class=\"praxistipp\"\u003e\n  \u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003ePractical Tip from Detailing1:\u003c\/strong\u003e Always use sufficient lubricant — ideally, spray \u003ca href=\"\/en\/products\/sonax-profiline-quickdetailer\"\u003eSONAX PROFILINE QuickDetailer\u003c\/a\u003e directly onto the surface. Never use the clay on a dry surface; the resulting friction will cause scratches. Fold the clay once after each pass to embed absorbed dirt particles inside and present a fresh clay surface. If the clay is too dark or the dirt particles can no longer be folded in, it is exhausted and should be discarded — never re-knead and reuse it.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/blockquote\u003e\n\n\u003chr\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eHow Clay Bar Decontaminates the Paint Surface — Physics and Mode of Action in Detail\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eThe \u003cstrong\u003eSONAX PROFILINE Clay Bar\u003c\/strong\u003e works on a physical principle that differs fundamentally from chemical cleaning. Chemical cleaners dissolve contaminants through pH-value reactions or solvent action — alkaline cleaners emulsify greases, acidic cleaners dissolve limescale deposits, and iron removers react with rust particles. Claying, however, mechanically \"shears\" contaminants from the paint surface: the slightly sticky consistency of the clay material bonds with dirt particles that protrude above the paint level, and as the clay is moved further, it pulls them out of their anchorage.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eThis mechanism explains why claying is indispensable for certain contaminants and cannot be completely replaced by any chemical method. Baked-on industrial fallout — microscopically small metal particles that arise from braking and rail traffic and burn into the clear coat — is accessible to chemical iron removers, provided the oxidation has not progressed too deeply. For all other contaminants that cannot be chemically dissolved, the mechanical action of the clay is the superior tool.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eThe quality of the clay bar determines how gently this process proceeds. Cheap clay bars contain unevenly distributed hard particles or have a consistency that is too firm, which acts like sandpaper when guided over the paint. Japanese production stands for uniform plasticizer distribution and tested particle sizes, which ensure that the clay picks up dirt without leaving its own marks or scratches.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eAn aspect often underestimated in practice is the influence of claying on subsequent polishing performance. On an uncontaminated surface, the clear coat still contains embedded foreign particles that act like tiny abrasive particles during polishing — the polishing paste cannot guide the pad evenly over the surface, and the result falls short of what is possible. After claying, a smooth, particle-free surface is present, on which the abrasive grains of the polish exclusively work on the clear coat — the polishing process becomes reproducible and the high-gloss result predictable.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eAfter claying, the paint surface is typically satin-smooth and sleek — any sealant residue has been removed by the lubricant and the claying process. The \"fingernail test\" feeling, where a finger wrapped in plastic film is run over the untreated surface and feels roughness, completely disappears after claying. This roughness-free surface is the ideal basis for subsequent polishing or sealing.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eProperly Applying SONAX PROFILINE Clay Bar — Preparation, Lubricant, and Working Technique\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eThe basic prerequisite for safe claying is a thoroughly pre-washed surface. Loose dirt particles on the paint — sand, coarse dirt — must be removed before the claying process, as they can get between the clay and the paint and cause scratches. A basic wash with \u003ca href=\"\/en\/products\/sonax-profiline-multiclean-alkaline-vorreiniger\"\u003eSONAX PROFILINE MultiClean \"Alkaline\" Pre-Cleaner\u003c\/a\u003e removes grease, silicone, and surface dirt before the clay is used.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eThe lubricant is the most critical variable in the claying process. A quick detailer with sufficient lubricating properties — such as SONAX PROFILINE QuickDetailer — allows the clay to glide over the surface without snagging or causing scratches. The QuickDetailer is generously sprayed onto an area of approx. 40 × 40 cm before the clay is applied. During claying, more can be sprayed if necessary; too little lubricant noticeably increases friction and is a clear signal to stop immediately and re-spray.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eThe working technique is linear, not circular: the clay is guided over the surface in straight passes with very light pressure — almost just the clay's own weight. Circular movements concentrate shear forces and increase the risk of scratches; linear passes distribute the removal evenly. The clay is folded once after each pass to conceal absorbed dirt particles and present a fresh clay surface.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eAfter claying, QuickDetailer residues remain on the surface and are removed with a clean \u003ca href=\"\/en\/products\/sonax-profiline-microfasertuch-soft-touch-mikrofasertuch\"\u003eSONAX PROFILINE Microfiber Cloth \"Soft Touch\"\u003c\/a\u003e. The surface is then ready for polishing — the complete removal of wax and sealant residues by the claying process often makes additional degreasing unnecessary.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eClay Bar Application Areas — When Claying is Necessary and Where Limits Lie\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eThe Clay Bar can be used on all smooth, glossy vehicle surfaces: clear coat on bodywork and bumpers, tempered glass on side and rear windows, chrome-plated or polished metal attachments, and alloy wheels. On these surfaces, it removes all types of adhering industrial fallout, industrial fallout, tar residues, adhesive residues, and stubborn water spots that could not be completely removed by chemical cleaning.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eA practical test to determine if claying is necessary is the \"plastic film test\" or \"fingernail test\": a freshly washed vehicle is covered with a small piece of plastic film, and a finger is glided over it — if significant roughness is felt, the surface is contaminated and claying is necessary. After treatment, repeat the test: a truly clean, decontaminated surface feels as smooth as glass. This simple testing method can also be demonstrated to the customer, making the added value of the clay step immediately tangible. \u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eVehicles with particularly heavy contamination loads — vehicles regularly parked near industrial or railway areas, company vehicles in open parking lots, or vehicles after painting work in the vicinity — benefit from regular clay treatments. In a professional detailing protocol, claying is positioned after pre-cleaning and before polishing: First wash → iron remover → clay → polish → sealant.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eAn important step after claying that is often overlooked is thoroughly drying the surface before polishing. The lubricant (QuickDetailer) leaves a thin residual film after wiping, which can affect the polish's effectiveness. This is usually unproblematic with high-gloss polishes; however, for sealants and coatings that require an absolutely clean and dry surface, a final wipe with isopropyl alcohol (IPA) is recommended to remove all lubricant residues and ideally prepare the surface for the next step.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eThe limits of claying lie with surfaces without clear coat sealing. Matte paints and matte films are fundamentally unsuitable for clay treatment — the clay and lubricant would alter the microstructured matte surface and destroy its matte character. Extremely deeply embedded contaminants, where the foreign body has penetrated beneath the clear coat surface, also cannot be removed by the clay; abrasive polishing or paint correction is necessary here.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eClay Bar Comparison — Claying vs. Chemicals, Clay Pad, and Clay Cloth\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eIn the modern detailing market, there are various approaches to mechanically decontaminating the paint surface, which complement or, in certain areas, replace the classic clay bar. Each method has advantages and disadvantages, and understanding these differences helps in choosing the right tool.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eClay pads for polishing machines — pads made of polyethylene or similar synthetic materials — enable machine decontamination with higher area performance. They are more efficient on large surfaces like bonnets and roofs, but less precise in small areas like mirror housings, door edges, and grille angles. Hand clay is superior in these areas and essential for precise, controlled claying.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eClay towels (cleaning cloths with a clay-coated surface) are another modern alternative that is easier to handle than a loose clay bar — the cloth is wiped directly over the surface without having to be shaped and folded like a clay bar. The disadvantage: if a clay towel falls to the ground, unlike a clay bar, it is contaminated and must be discarded. The hand clay, on the other hand, can be wiped clean, kneaded, and reused for superficial contamination, as long as no coarse dirt particles have been incorporated.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eChemical alternatives such as fallout removers and iron removers are very effective for certain types of contamination — especially oxidized iron particles — and require less manual labor. The combination of chemical decontamination (iron remover first) and subsequent claying is the gold standard in professional detailing: the iron remover dissolves oxidized iron particles beforehand, which are then much more easily picked up by the clay. This way, both tools are reduced to their respective strengths, and the end result is a completely decontaminated surface.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003ePurchasing SONAX PROFILINE Clay Bar — Use in Professional Operations and System Concept\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eThe SONAX PROFILINE Clay Bar pays for itself in any detailing business that offers complete paint detailing services. Without decontamination by claying, a crucial step is missing from the detailing protocol — polishes on contaminated surfaces glide over baked-in foreign bodies and cannot fully control the result. The 100g unit is sufficient for one to two complete vehicle detailing jobs; for businesses with high throughput, keeping several units in stock is recommended.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eIn the SONAX PROFILINE system workflow, the Clay Bar complements the step between alkaline basic cleaning with \u003ca href=\"\/en\/products\/sonax-profiline-multiclean-alkaline-vorreiniger\"\u003eMultiClean \"Alkaline\"\u003c\/a\u003e and the actual polishing. After claying, the surface is free of roughness and low in sealant residues — in this state, SONAX PROFILINE polishes work with maximum efficiency because no foreign body interferes with the abrasive action or acts as a potential scratch source. The final sealing with \u003ca href=\"\/en\/products\/sonax-profiline-brilliantshine-detailer-spruhversiegelung\"\u003eBrilliantShine Detailer\u003c\/a\u003e then reliably protects the freshly treated surface from rapid re-contamination — and forms a hydrophobic protective layer that postpones the next claying far into the future, because contaminants adhere significantly less to sealed surfaces than to unsealed clear coat — a cycle of cleaning and protection that noticeably reduces the effort of any subsequent detailing.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eStoring the Clay Bar after use is simple but important: wipe the clay with a clean microfiber cloth, knead it thoroughly (to evenly distribute dirt particles), and then store it dry in the provided box. Moist storage promotes germ formation and can damage the clay structure in the long term. With proper care and storage, the 100g unit can be used for several detailing jobs, bringing the cost per treatment to an economical level.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eFor businesses that offer their customers complete documentation of the detailing steps, clay treatment is a convincingly communicable added value: customers who are explained that their vehicle still had mechanically bound contaminants in the surface after washing, which could only be removed by claying, immediately and intuitively understand the difference between a simple car wash and professional detailing. Communicating the clay step visibly — for example, through a short before-and-after test with the plastic film method — builds lasting trust and clearly differentiates the offering from cheaper competitors. The haptic proof \"smooth as glass\" after claying is more convincing than any brochure. The Clay Bar is therefore not just a cleaning tool, but also a quality feature in customer communication.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"SONAX","offers":[{"title":"100 g","offer_id":57345154842959,"sku":"D1-SNX-4505050","price":18.85,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0800\/3272\/7375\/files\/sonax-profiline-clay_1-stueck.png?v=1774736518"},{"product_id":"sonax-profiline-claydisc-150-lackknete-pad","title":"PROFILINE ClayDisc \"150\" Clay Pad","description":"\u003ch2\u003eMachine paint decontamination in a fraction of the time — SONAX PROFILINE ClayDisc \"150\"\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cblockquote\u003e\n  \u003cp\u003e\u003cem\u003eWhat is a ClayDisc and how does it differ from a clay bar? The machine-driven clay pad from the PROFILINE line is designed for eccentric and DA polishers — it replaces manual claying by hand with fast machine decontamination, treating the same area in a fraction of the time with more consistent abrasive performance.\u003c\/em\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/blockquote\u003e\n\n\u003chr\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eEvery professional vehicle detailing starts with decontamination: Industrial fallout, baked-on brake dust, industrial dust, and resin contaminations are deeply embedded in the clear coat and must be removed before polishing or sealing. Traditional clay bars perform this task but are time-consuming — a medium-sized vehicle takes 30–60 minutes by hand. The \u003cstrong\u003eSONAX PROFILINE ClayDisc \"150\"\u003c\/strong\u003e drastically shortens this process: As a Ø150 mm clay pad for dual-action eccentric machines, the machine takes over the claying work. The processing time per vehicle drops to 10–15 minutes — with more consistent treatment of the entire paint surface than by hand.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMachine decontamination up to 5× faster than manual clay bar.\u003c\/strong\u003e With the machine, the ClayDisc works the paint surface in wide, even passes — no missed spots, no uneven pressure. The eccentric stroke of the DA machine creates a randomized claying motion that is more effective than linear hand movement: The surface is contacted from multiple angles, dislodging stubborn contaminations that resist directional impact.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCompatible with DA eccentric polishers via standard hook-and-loop backing plates.\u003c\/strong\u003e The ClayDisc fits all eccentric machines with a Ø150 mm polishing pad and Hook\u0026amp;Loop fastener — the standard format for most professional DA polishing machines. No adapter set, no special machine needed. The clay material is applied to a backing plate that directly accepts the hook-and-loop and remains completely on the backing plate when removed — no delamination or detachment of the clay layer during work.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eReusable for many vehicles — with proper care.\u003c\/strong\u003e The ClayDisc's clay material absorbs contaminations and stores them on its surface. After each vehicle, rinse the clay surface with clear water and knead (fold, squeeze) to work the absorbed particles deeper and expose a fresh surface. With this care technique, a ClayDisc lasts for several dozen vehicles before the clay surface is completely saturated and needs to be replaced.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003chr\u003e\n\n\u003cblockquote class=\"praxistipp\"\u003e\n  \u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003ePractical tip from Detailing1:\u003c\/strong\u003e Always use sufficient lubricant when using the ClayDisc — either a dedicated clay lubricant or, in an emergency, diluted car wash soap (2 ml per 500 ml of water). Too little lubricant causes snagging and tearing on the paint surface and can create scratches. Keep the machine at low to medium speed (level 2–3 on the DA eccentric) — higher speed does not mean more efficiency for decontamination but increases the risk of heat entrapment in the clay material. After the ClayDisc pass, perform a control wash or rinse with clear water before preparing the clear coat for polishing or sealing with \u003ca href=\"\/en\/products\/sonax-profiline-prepare-reiniger-kontrollspray-entfetter\"\u003eSONAX PROFILINE Prepare Cleaner Control Spray Degreaser\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/blockquote\u003e\n\n\u003chr\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eClayDisc \"150\" Clay Material Technology — Material, Abrasiveness, and Decontamination Performance\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eThe \u003cstrong\u003eSONAX PROFILINE ClayDisc \"150\"\u003c\/strong\u003e uses a thermoplastic polymer clay material applied as a thin working layer on a solid backing disc. This backing disc provides the mechanical connection to the machine (hook-and-loop) and ensures even pressure distribution over the entire clay surface. The clay material itself has a defined abrasiveness in the medium range of the clay bar scale — aggressive enough to loosen baked-on iron particles, industrial fallout, resin contaminations, and caked-on industrial dust, but gentle enough that the clear coat does not suffer deep scratches from the claying process.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eThe abrasiveness of a clay bar is an important parameter: Clay that is too soft does not effectively attack contaminations; clay that is too aggressive leaves scratches in the clear coat that then need to be polished out. The ClayDisc \"150\" is positioned in the medium to slightly aggressive range — sufficient for most contaminations on normal vehicles, without the need for a heavy polishing step to remove scratches after decontamination. For very sensitive soft paints or fresh new paints, a test in an inconspicuous area is recommended, as any mechanical decontamination — even with lubricant — leaves minimal contact marks that can become visible on very soft paint.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eThe clay material is guided over the surface from different angles and directions by the oscillating DA movement. This three-dimensional attack mode dislodges contaminations that can sometimes remain steadfast during linear hand movement in one direction: The machine bypasses the \"flow shadow\" that directional claying movement can create around firmly embedded particles. For very stubborn individual contaminations — for example, deep resin spots or baked-on brake dust inclusions — manual hand claying remains more precise in individual areas because pressure can be applied more precisely.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eA key advantage of the machine solution over hand claying is the consistency of the pressure: With manual application, the pressure varies depending on fatigue and hand angle; with the machine, the pressure remains constant over the entire working surface. This leads to a more uniform decontamination result — treated equally everywhere, nowhere excessively intensely. Especially for vehicles with large, flat surfaces like hoods and roofs, this advantage is measurable: The feel after the ClayDisc pass (the famous \"glass pane effect\" of smooth paint) is more uniform than after manual claying.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eThe ClayDisc's clay material is formulated to be solvent-resistant: Upon contact with clay lubricants containing small amounts of cleaning components, the clay material retains its structure and elasticity. This is important because some detailers use quick detailers or special lubricants containing surfactants and polymers as lubricants — these substances would soften a non-solvent-resistant clay material and change its surface structure.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eApplication of the ClayDisc \"150\" — Lubricant, Machine Speed, and Procedure\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eThe correct ClayDisc application procedure in the detailing process: Vehicle fully washed and dried; then attach ClayDisc to the DA eccentric; spray paint with sufficient lubricant (the panel should be wet and shiny, not dripping); at machine level 2–3, make even passes over the panel, maintaining light pressure; overlap each pass by 50% with the previous one; rinse the panel with clear water after treatment and dry it.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eLubricant is the most critical variable when using the ClayDisc. Too little lubricant leads to high friction resistance of the clay material on the paint — noticeable as snagging or jerking of the machine. In case of this resistance, immediately reduce speed and apply more lubricant. Too much lubricant causes the clay material to \"float\" and reduces mechanical contact — decontamination performance decreases. The correct amount is reached when the machine glides smoothly and effortlessly over the panel without slipping. A good rule of thumb: Approximately 5–8 sprays of a clay lubricant on a 50×50 cm panel.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eFor stubborn local contaminations (e.g., resin spots or heavily brake-dust-coated areas behind the wheel wells), the ClayDisc can be used in this area with increased pressure and multiple overlapping passes. It is important not to tilt the machine — the ClayDisc must lie flat on the surface so that the entire clay surface works evenly. A tilted disc only works with its edge, which reduces effectiveness and increases the risk of edge marks. Turn the machine up to level 3, apply direct pressure to the contaminated area, and make 3–4 passes — the clay material works its way into the contamination and removes it layer by layer. After this more intensive area, always re-spray fresh lubricant and finish the entire panel at normal level 2.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eAfter the ClayDisc pass, rinse the disc under running water and work the absorbed contaminations deeper into the material by vigorously kneading and squeezing. Visibly dark or heavily discolored spots on the clay surface show where most contamination was absorbed — these spots are kneaded deeper during the next use to expose a fresh surface.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eClayDisc in the Professional Detailing Process — Workflow, Time Savings, and Quality Assurance\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eIn professional detailing operations, the ClayDisc \"150\" is an efficiency tool that re-evaluates the entire decontamination step. Without ClayDisc: 45–60 minutes of manual claying work per vehicle, strenuous and tiring for the wrist. With the ClayDisc: 10–15 minutes of machine decontamination, more uniform results, less physical strain for the detailer. With 5 vehicles per day, the ClayDisc saves 2.5–3.5 hours of work daily — this time can be used much more valuable in other detailing steps.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eQuality control after the ClayDisc pass is performed with the hand test: Run a freshly washed finger (protective glove) over the cleaned paint. A smooth, almost frictionless glide indicates that the contamination has been removed — the \"windshield wiper effect.\" Roughness and resistance during gliding indicate remaining contamination, which requires either a second ClayDisc pass or manual post-treatment with the traditional \u003ca href=\"\/en\/products\/sonax-profiline-clay-knetmasse\"\u003eSONAX PROFILINE Clay Bar\u003c\/a\u003e. The latter is often the more precise choice for very small, stubborn areas — the ClayDisc for the surface, hand claying for detailed work.\n\n\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eA frequently asked question in detailing operations: Does one always have to polish after ClayDisc? Technically no — clay discing alone often leaves no visible marks, depending on the clear coat hardness and the lubricant used. In streak light, minimal contact patterns are visible on very soft clear coats; on medium-hard to hard OEM clear coat, the paint is already very smooth and uniform after clay discing without further treatment. If only sealing is to be done (without polishing), a mild cut with a soft finish pad and a light finish polish is recommended to remove any clay marks and optimize the adhesion surface for the sealant. Those who polish the vehicle afterwards can often skip this intermediate step, as polishing removes the clay marks anyway.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eThe ClayDisc \"150\" is primarily designed for the preparation step before polishing. After a successful decontamination pass, the paint is free of contaminations, but the claying work has left very fine surface marks — comparable to very fine scratches from a mild abrasive. These marks are completely removed by the subsequent polishing step (even with a medium-hard foam pad and a mild polish), so that the finish result after complete detailing shows no more clay marks. Those who seal directly after ClayDisc without polishing risk enclosing these marks under the sealant.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eClayDisc \"150\" in Comparison — Clay-Disc vs. Hand Clay Bar vs. Chemical Decon\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eThe classic \u003ca href=\"\/en\/products\/sonax-profiline-clay-knetmasse\"\u003eSONAX PROFILINE Clay Bar\u003c\/a\u003e is the proven tool for manual decontamination by hand — it allows precise detailed work on edges, mirrors, and small areas, but is time-consuming for large surfaces. The ClayDisc \"150\" is the counterpart for machine surface work: large-area, fast, uniform. In professional detailing, both tools sensibly work together: ClayDisc for hood, roof, fenders, and doors; hand clay bar for bumper edges, spoiler undersides, and areas that the large disc cannot easily reach.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eAlternatives to mechanical decontamination are chemical iron removers and clay substitutes (clay towels, clay mitts). Chemical iron removers like SONAX PROFILINE Fallout Remover chemically dissolve metallic iron particles — they are particularly effective for brake dust iron particles but cannot remove all types of contamination (resin, industrial dust). Clay towels and clay mitts have a similar function to the ClayDisc but are softer and better suited for sensitive paints. The ClayDisc \"150\" combines the capabilities of a clay material with the speed of the machine, making it the most efficient overall tool for mechanical full-surface decontamination in professional operations.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eBuying SONAX PROFILINE ClayDisc \"150\" — Application Planning, Care, and Reuse\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eFor professional detailing businesses that decontaminate several vehicles daily, the ClayDisc \"150\" is a sustainably economical investment: A well-maintained ClayDisc lasts for 30–50 vehicles or more, depending on the intensity of the contamination. In comparison, a hand clay bar typically loses significant cleaning performance after 8–12 vehicles. The higher initial cost of the ClayDisc compared to a hand clay bar quickly pays for itself through longer service life and saved labor time.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eSigns of a worn ClayDisc: The clay surface is consistently dark (completely saturated with contaminations), has lost its elasticity, or shows cracks and detachments. A worn ClayDisc will no longer decontaminate effectively, even if rinsed with water — the clay material has no more capacity to absorb new contaminations. In this state, it should be replaced with a new one, as further work with a saturated disc no longer produces cleaning performance.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eBetween vehicles, the ClayDisc should always be stored moist — drying out makes the clay material hard and brittle. If a dried-out clay surface is moistened again, it takes several minutes for elasticity to return — during this time, working with the disc is not recommended, as the hard clay material is more likely to produce scratches than remove contaminations. If taking a break from work, always place the ClayDisc immediately in water. A simple method: Place the ClayDisc in a shallow plastic container with some water, store covered between uses. After the workday, store the ClayDisc cool in a moist, covered container. As a verified SONAX specialist dealer, Detailing1 carries the PROFILINE ClayDisc \"150\" permanently in its assortment. To optimize the disc's lifespan, it is recommended to use a chemical iron remover before machine clay discing: This chemically pre-dissolves iron-containing contaminations, so the ClayDisc has to do less mechanical work and its clay surface stays fresh longer.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"SONAX","offers":[{"title":"1 piece \/ Ø 150 mm","offer_id":57345154941263,"sku":"D1-SNX-4512410","price":26.47,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0800\/3272\/7375\/files\/sonax-profiline-claydisc-150_1-stueck.png?v=1774736525"},{"product_id":"sonax-profiline-exzenterpad-weich-125-polierpad","title":"PROFILINE Orbital Pad Soft 125 Polishing Pad","description":"\u003ch2\u003eHologram-Free Finish Polishing with the SONAX PROFILINE Orbital Pad Soft 125 — Soft, Fine-Pored, Precise\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cblockquote\u003e\n  \u003cp\u003e\u003cem\u003eWhat makes the SONAX PROFILINE Orbital Pad Soft 125 special? The soft, fine-pored finish polishing pad for orbital machines produces hologram-free high-gloss results on delicate paints — thanks to an open-cell foam structure with optimal polish absorption and even pressure distribution.\u003c\/em\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/blockquote\u003e\n\n\u003chr\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eIn finish polishing, the last micrometers of the paint surface decide success or failure — a pad that is too hard, a polish that is too aggressive, or uneven pressure distribution leads to holograms that only become visible in direct sunlight. The \u003cstrong\u003eSONAX PROFILINE Orbital Pad Soft 125\u003c\/strong\u003e is designed precisely for this final processing phase: soft, fine-pored foam that absorbs and releases polish evenly, ensures a gentle abrasive effect without the risk of holograms, and works precisely on orbital machines with a 125 mm backing plate.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSoft foam structure for a hologram-free finish.\u003c\/strong\u003e The Orbital Pad Soft 125 consists of fine-pored, soft foam that stores the polish in the pad and distributes it evenly on the paint surface through the orbital machine's rotational movement. This controlled release prevents local over-concentrations that would lead to uneven removal and holograms. The result is a clear, deep high-gloss surface without inclusions requiring rework.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eOptimized diameter of 140 mm for 125 mm backing plates.\u003c\/strong\u003e The pad has an outer diameter of 140 mm with a backing plate diameter of 125 mm — the 7.5 mm overhang on each side protects the edge of the backing plate from directly touching the paint surface and leaving scratches. This dimensioning is designed for use on orbital machines such as the SONAX PROFILINE PE12-2 orbital polisher or comparable 125 mm systems.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eVelcro fastener for quick pad changes.\u003c\/strong\u003e The back of the pad is equipped with a Velcro system that allows for quick changes between different pads — without tools, without delay. In professional operations, where multiple pads are used for different steps during a detailing process, this quick change is a real time-saver.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003chr\u003e\n\n\u003cblockquote class=\"praxistipp\"\u003e\n  \u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003ePractical tip from Detailing1:\u003c\/strong\u003e Lightly moisten the Orbital Pad Soft 125 with water before the first use and \"prime\" it with a small amount of polish — let the machine run briefly at low speed before starting the actual polishing process. This saturates the pores of the pad evenly and prevents the first few centimeters of the surface from being treated with too much or too little polish. Clean the pad after each vehicle with a pad brush or compressed air to remove absorbed polish residues and keep the pore structure open.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/blockquote\u003e\n\n\u003chr\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eStructure and Technology of the Orbital Pad Soft 125 — Foam Structure, Cell Openness, and Polish Absorption\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eThe \u003cstrong\u003eSONAX PROFILINE Orbital Pad Soft 125\u003c\/strong\u003e is made of a soft, open-cell polyurethane foam, whose structure is specifically designed for interaction with the finish polishes of the SONAX PROFILINE line. Open-cell foam allows for better polish absorption than closed-cell foam, as the interconnected pores hold the liquid polish in the pad through capillary forces and release it evenly when pressed — similar to how a sponge absorbs water and releases it when squeezed, but with a controlled flow rate due to the foam's structure.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eThe softness of the pad directly influences the abrasive effect: A hard pad transfers more pressure to the paint surface and generates a stronger removal rate — useful for rough cleaning or scratch removal, but too aggressive for finish polishing. A soft pad like the Orbital Pad Soft 125 absorbs some of the pressure, leading to a more even force distribution over the entire pad surface. The result is a gentle but effective sanding process that allows finish polishes to unleash their full effect without damaging the surface due to high-pressure areas.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eThe pad thickness of the Orbital Pad Soft 125 is chosen to dampen the orbital movement of the machine — thicker pads dampen rotation more strongly and create a softer working feel, which is desirable for finish applications on freshly corrected paints. Pads that are too thin transfer the machine's movement directly to the paint surface, which can lead to marks when using aggressive polishes. The Orbital Pad Soft 125 is designed with a pad thickness that optimally activates typical SONAX PROFILINE high-gloss polishes.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eAnother technical aspect is the heat generation during polishing. Soft pads generate less frictional heat than hard pads due to dampened pressure transfer — an advantage for delicate paints such as simple clear coats, water-based paints, or historical paints without hardener. Excessively high temperatures can soften these paints and lead to so-called \"buffer trails\" that are difficult to remove. The Orbital Pad Soft 125, due to its material properties, is inherently more gentle in heat generation than harder counterparts.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eThe care and cleaning of the pad directly affect its lifespan and the quality of the results. After each use, polish residues should be removed with a pad brush or compressed air; after the work session, a thorough cleaning with lukewarm water or a special pad cleaner is recommended. Foam pads should not be tumble dried after wet cleaning — the heat can damage the cell structure and permanently harden the pad. Air drying at room temperature preserves the open-cell structure and thus the polish absorption over many uses.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eProper Use of the Orbital Pad Soft 125 — Machine, Polish, and Speed\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eThe Orbital Pad Soft 125 is designed as a pure finish pad and excels in the final polishing step of a paint correction. In a typical two-stage detailing workflow, paint correction is first performed with a \u003ca href=\"\/en\/products\/sonax-profiline-exzenterpad-medium-polierpad\"\u003eSONAX PROFILINE Orbital Pad Medium\u003c\/a\u003e or a hard pad — scratches, swirls, and oxidized areas are removed. The Orbital Pad Soft 125 then takes over the final polishing: It works finish polishes into the corrected surface, removes the fine sanding marks from the previous stage, and develops the final high gloss.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eThe choice of polish significantly influences the result on the soft pad. Finish polishes like the \u003ca href=\"\/en\/products\/sonax-profiline-np-03-06-hochglanz-politur-finish\"\u003eSONAX PROFILINE NP \"03-06\" High-Gloss Polish\u003c\/a\u003e or the \u003ca href=\"\/en\/products\/sonax-profiline-ex-04-06-hochglanz-politur\"\u003eSONAX PROFILINE EX \"04-06\" High-Gloss Polish\u003c\/a\u003e are designed for use with soft pads: low abrasiveness, high gloss development, low-residue formulation. Aggressive cut polishes should not be used on the Orbital Pad Soft 125 — the low abrasiveness of the pad cannot fully exploit the cutting performance of the polish, and residual sanding marks will remain on the surface.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eFor machine settings, medium speed levels (level 3–4 on a 6-speed machine) are recommended for the soft pad. Higher levels increase frictional heat and can wear out the soft pad more quickly; too low levels do not fully activate the polish and extend the processing time without gaining quality. The polish is applied to the pad in small amounts as dots — about 3–4 pea-sized amounts for an area of 40 × 50 cm. Too much polish creates splatters during application and extends the removal time; too little polish causes the pad to run dry and increases friction.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eOn the orbital machine, the Orbital Pad Soft 125 is used in overlapping passes over the work surface — an overlap of 50% ensures that no streaks or transitions remain visible. The pressure should be light: The machine's own weight is usually sufficient for the soft pad; pressing too hard compresses the pores and prevents even polish distribution.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eResults and Areas of Application — For Which Paints and Vehicles the Orbital Pad Soft 125 is Ideal\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eThe Orbital Pad Soft 125 is designed for delicate and modern clear coats that require a gentle, hologram-free final treatment after correction. It is particularly suitable for new vehicles with soft factory clear coats — these paints are sensitive to over-abrasion and quickly show holograms if too hard pads or too aggressive polishes are used. On these paints, the soft pad in combination with a low-abrasive finish polish delivers results that are completely hologram-free to the naked eye and in direct sunlight.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eFor vehicles with very soft paints — often found in Japanese manufacturers like Toyota, Mazda, or Honda — the Orbital Pad Soft 125 is the recommended finish pad. These paints react strongly to pressure points and pad edges; the even pressure distribution of the soft pad prevents the \"buffer trails\" that quickly appear on such paints with harder pads. The pad's sizing for 125 mm systems matches the orbital machines most commonly used for detailing work on normal car surfaces.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eThe Orbital Pad Soft 125 is also suitable for one-step polishes that combine cut and gloss in a single step. For fresh, minimally scratched paints — such as in new car detailing or regularly maintained vehicles — a soft pad in combination with a one-step polish is sufficient to reduce existing swirls and simultaneously develop a deep high gloss. This single-stage detailing saves time and is an economical option for businesses with high vehicle throughput, without compromising on quality.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eWhen detailing vehicles with ceramic coatings, the Orbital Pad Soft 125 can also be used — as an application pad for liquid ceramic coatings that are applied and worked in with a machine. In this application, the pad replaces the hand applicator and allows for a more uniform layer thickness on large surfaces. However, cleaning the pad after coating application requires special attention, as hardened ceramic residues can render the pad unusable — immediately after application, the pad should therefore be thoroughly rinsed with a solvent or isopropyl alcohol before the coating cures.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eOrbital Pad Soft 125 in Comparison — Differentiation from Orbital Pad Medium and Orbital Pad Hard\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eThe SONAX PROFILINE Orbital Pad range includes three hardness levels, designed for different processing steps in the detailing workflow. Understanding the differences helps to choose the right pad for each step.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eThe \u003ca href=\"\/en\/products\/sonax-profiline-exzenterpad-hart-polierpad\"\u003eSONAX PROFILINE Orbital Pad Hard\u003c\/a\u003e is the correction pad for the first step — it transfers the machine's pressure directly to the paint surface and fully activates the cutting performance of cutting polishes. On a hard pad, an abrasive polish effectively removes deep scratches, swirls, and heavy oxidation, but leaves fine sanding marks on the paint surface that must be removed in the next step. The Orbital Pad Medium forms the bridge — it is softer than the hard pad, but still abrasive enough for polishing polishes that eliminate residual marks from the cutting step. The Orbital Pad Soft 125 stands at the end of this sequence: maximum gentleness, minimal abrasion, maximum gloss development.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eA common mistake in practice is mixing different types of polish on a single pad. Those who work with different polishes consecutively on the same pad risk unpredictable reactions between the formulations and uneven removal rates. In professional operations, the rule is: one pad, one polish. When the polishing stage changes, the pad also changes — neatly labeled and stored separately. This principle applies to all three orbital pad hardness levels and ensures reproducible, quality-consistent results across many vehicles.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eThe choice between these hardness levels depends on the condition of the paint and the desired result. For a vehicle with heavy weathering and deep scratches, one starts with the hard pad, works through the medium pad, to the soft pad. For a new vehicle with light swirls, one can start directly with the Orbital Pad Medium or even the Orbital Pad Soft 125 — without correction, just polishing.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eBuying the Orbital Pad Soft 125 — System Recommendation and Use in Professional Operations\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eAnother advantage of the PROFILINE system is its documentation capability for professional operations. Those who work with a clearly defined pad-polish system and choose the right pad for each paint type can explain to the customer in a comprehensible way which tools were used for which result — a quality feature that builds trust and generates repeat business. The Orbital Pad Soft 125 is clearly positioned as \"Finish Pad, Stage 3\" — transparent for the client and clearly anchored in one's own workflow.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eThe SONAX PROFILINE Orbital Pad Soft 125 is primarily aimed at professional detailers, detailing businesses, and workshops that work with 125 mm orbital machines and want to meticulously complete the final polishing step. As a single pad for a specific step in the workflow, it is compatible with all orbital polishes in the SONAX PROFILINE line — from the NP \"03-06\" Finish Polish to the OS \"02-06\" One-Step Polish.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eFor professional operations, it is advisable to purchase several Orbital Pads Soft 125 simultaneously. During a detailing process, the pad absorbs polish residues; if the same pad is used for the next vehicle without intermediate cleaning, incorporated dirt particles can act as a scratch risk. With a set of 3–5 pads, a vehicle can be fully detailed without having to clean and dry pads in between — operation remains efficient and results consistent.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eThe Orbital Pad Soft 125 ideally complements the \u003ca href=\"\/en\/products\/sonax-profiline-exzenterpad-medium-polierpad\"\u003eOrbital Pad Medium\u003c\/a\u003e for two-stage workflows or the Orbital Pad Hard for demanding three-stage corrections. Those who use the complete SONAX PROFILINE pad system benefit from a coordinated product line where pads and polishes were developed together — without the need to manually test compatibility between different manufacturers.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"SONAX","offers":[{"title":"1 piece","offer_id":57345155891535,"sku":"D1-SNX-4925000","price":11.15,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0800\/3272\/7375\/files\/sonax-profiline-exzenterpad-weich-125_1-stueck.png?v=1774736579"},{"product_id":"sonax-profiline-filzpad-125-polierpad","title":"PROFILINE FeltPad 125 Polishing Pad","description":"\u003ch2\u003ePrecise Processing of Glass Polishes and Abrasive Pastes with the SONAX PROFILINE FeltPad 125\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cblockquote\u003e\n  \u003cp\u003e\u003cem\u003eWhat makes the SONAX PROFILINE FeltPad 125 special? The highly abrasive felt disc is specially developed for machine processing of glass polishes and abrasive pastes — usable on glass, paint, and metal polishes where foam pads would be too soft.\u003c\/em\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/blockquote\u003e\n\n\u003chr\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eNot every polishing task can be solved with a foam pad. Glass polishes, abrasive pastes for deep paint damage, and the treatment of tarnished plastic panes require a material with significantly higher intrinsic abrasiveness and a different fiber structure than foam. The \u003cstrong\u003eSONAX PROFILINE FeltPad 125\u003c\/strong\u003e is made precisely for these demands: A dense, highly abrasive felt disc with a diameter of 125 mm, which can be used equally on eccentric and rotary machines and unfolds its full strength where soft foam would not generate sufficient cutting performance.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eHighly abrasive felt structure for maximum cutting performance.\u003c\/strong\u003e Felt works fundamentally differently than foam: The densely woven fibers generate a uniform, high cutting performance on the surface during machine polishing. Abrasive pastes are not absorbed into pores but actively worked into the surface. This makes the FeltPad 125 particularly effective on thick oxidation layers, tarnished glass, and for all applications where a foam pad does not achieve the necessary abrasion.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eOptimized for glass polishes and abrasive pastes.\u003c\/strong\u003e Glass surfaces place special demands on the polishing tool: The material must not leave residues, must polish evenly, and must not scratch the glass surface. Felt fulfills these requirements better than foam because the fibers have no pores where polish residues can dry out — and because the uniform fiber structure ensures consistent pressure distribution over the entire working surface.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e2 pieces per pack for professional continuous operation.\u003c\/strong\u003e In high-throughput detailing operations, switching between clean and used pads is an efficient workflow. Two FeltPads per pack allow a fresh pad to be used while the used one is being cleaned — without interruption between two vehicles. For intensive glass reconditioning work where multiple pads are used per vehicle, the double set provides the necessary reserve.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003chr\u003e\n\n\u003cblockquote class=\"praxistipp\"\u003e\n  \u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003ePractical Tip from Detailing1:\u003c\/strong\u003e When reconditioning glass with the FeltPad 125, always bring the glass surface to temperature before polishing — cold glass reacts significantly more sluggishly to the polish. Do not apply glass polish directly to hot glass after sun exposure, as the polish will dry too quickly. An ideal glass temperature is between 15 and 25 °C, for example by pre-treating in the shade. For windshields: Always polish with the rear window defroster switched off and side windows fully rolled down to avoid heat damage to seals.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/blockquote\u003e\n\n\u003chr\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eFeltPad Technology in Detail — Why Felt Outperforms Foam in Glass Work\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eThe fundamental difference between a \u003cstrong\u003eFeltPad 125\u003c\/strong\u003e and a foam pad lies in the material structure. Foam is open or closed-cell — it has a high air volume and yields under pressure. This makes foam pads ideal for controlled pressure distribution on paints because the pad reacts to contours and dampens energy. Felt, on the other hand, consists of densely woven or matted fibers without significant air chambers. It compresses only minimally under pressure and transfers the energy of the polishing machine directly to the working surface.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eThis direct transfer is the decisive advantage for glass polishes: Abrasives in glass polishes require defined contact pressure to be effective. A foam pad that yields under pressure reduces this effective contact pressure and thus reduces the cutting performance of the polish. The FeltPad 125 maintains constant pressure, allowing even fine abrasive grains in the polish to fully develop their effect — even at low speeds.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eAnother technical advantage: The fiber texture of felt distributes the abrasive differently than foam. Foam absorbs polish into its pores and releases it again with pressure and heat — this leads to uneven distribution under different pressure conditions. Felt fibers have no pores: The polish remains on the surface of the fibers and is evenly distributed over the working area. On glass, this means: fewer streaks, more uniform polishing marks, and a more predictable result.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eWhen cleaning the FeltPad after use, the procedure also differs from foam pads. Felt mats under strong pressure or rubbing, which permanently changes the fiber structure and impairs performance. The correct cleaning method: Wash felt under running warm water and remove polish residues by gently squeezing and rinsing — never knead or wring vigorously. After washing, let the pad dry flat on a clean cloth. For dried glass polish, a short soak in warm water helps before rinsing out the residues. Well-maintained FeltPads retain their fiber structure over several uses and deliver consistent results.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eThe 125 mm dimension of the FeltPad is matched to standard backing plates for eccentric and rotary polishing machines. The hook-and-loop backing of the pad ensures a secure hold on the polishing plate and allows quick pad changes without tools. This is particularly important for glass work, where it is often necessary to switch between different polishing stages — from a coarser abrasive paste to a finer glass polish and finally to clear coat sealing.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eCorrect Use of FeltPad 125 — Application on Glass, Paint, and Metal\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eFor glass reconditioning, the FeltPad 125 is the first step for tarnished windshields, side windows with water stain damage, or rear windows with burned-in mineral deposits. Preparation is more critical here than for paintwork: Glass surfaces must be thoroughly cleaned and free of loose dirt particles before polishing, as any foreign body between the pad and the glass will immediately cause scratches. Prior treatment with the \u003ca href=\"\/en\/products\/sonax-profiline-glasscleaner-glasreiniger\"\u003eSONAX PROFILINE GlassCleaner\u003c\/a\u003e removes residues and optimally prepares the surface.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eThe speed should be lower when used on glass than for paintwork. Too high a speed generates heat, which causes the glass polish to dry too quickly and reduces the effectiveness of the abrasive grains. For eccentric machines, levels 3-4 are recommended as a starting point; for rotary machines, a moderate speed between 800 and 1200 rpm. Important: Always work with sufficient polish on glass — a dry FeltPad causes scratches that are significantly harder to remove on glass than on paint.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eOn paint, the FeltPad 125 is reserved for severe corrections: deep oxidation layers, sanding marks after coarse wet sanding, and extreme weathering. It should always be used as the first stage in a multi-stage correction, followed by a \u003ca href=\"\/en\/products\/sonax-profiline-schaumpad-medium-polierpad\"\u003emedium foam pad\u003c\/a\u003e for intermediate polishing and a \u003ca href=\"\/en\/products\/sonax-profiline-schaumpad-weich-polierpad\"\u003esoft foam pad\u003c\/a\u003e for a hologram-free finish. Anyone who tries to remove the marks of the FeltPad with only one subsequent stage risks an incomplete result on dark paints.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eFor metal polishes — for example, for alloy wheels, chrome strips, or stainless steel attachments — the FeltPad 125 is also suitable. The high abrasiveness enables efficient removal of oxidation layers on metal, corrosion spots, and matted areas. For this application, SONAX PROFILINE MetalPolish is recommended, which was specially developed for metal polishing processes with high abrasive requirements.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eGlass Reconditioning with the FeltPad 125 — Use Cases and Limitations\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eThe FeltPad 125 is the right tool when conventional cleaning methods reach their limits. Tarnished windshields with wiper fluid deposits, mineral salt stains, and UV graying are classic use cases: A normal glass cleaner does not remove these deposits because they have chemically embedded themselves in the glass surface. The mechanical abrasion of the FeltPad with a suitable glass polish physically dissolves these compounds — without damaging the pane, as long as the process is carried out correctly.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eWindshields with heavy wiper marks are another common application scenario. Wiper blades leave spiral sanding grooves in the glass after long use, which are disturbing in backlight. With the FeltPad 125 and a fine-grained glass polish, these surface defects can often be significantly reduced or completely removed. The result: better visibility during night driving and in low sun.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eThe limitations of the FeltPad lie with coated glass surfaces. Hydrophobic coatings on windshields — as applied by various manufacturers — are damaged or completely removed by the abrasion of the FeltPad. If you want to preserve such a coating, you must do without the FeltPad and choose alternative cleaning methods. The same applies to tinted windows with film: The film is on the inside of the glass and must not be mechanically processed.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eFor vehicles with plastic panes — such as older convertibles with polycarbonate rear windows or certain transporter windshields — the FeltPad 125 is also suitable, but requires particularly careful pressure control. Plastic glass is softer than mineral glass and reacts more sensitively to overheating due to mechanical pressure. Here, lower speeds and more frequent release of pressure apply than with real glass panes.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eWhen working on side windows, particular caution is required at the edges. The sealing lip on the door frame can be damaged by the rotating FeltPad — either by direct contact or by polish penetrating the seal and dissolving the material. Professionals mask the sealing areas with painter's tape before glass processing and only polish up to the masking. This prevents damage and defines the working area.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eFeltPad 125 Comparison — When Felt, When Foam, When Lambswool Pad\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eThe choice of the right pad always depends on the substrate and the correction goal. The FeltPad 125 is the choice when high abrasiveness is required and the surface is not damaged by heat or pressure — i.e., on glass and metal, or on paint only for extreme corrections. For standard paintwork, the foam pad system from the SONAX PROFILINE range is the better basis: The \u003ca href=\"\/en\/products\/sonax-profiline-schaumpad-hart-polierpad\"\u003ehard foam pad\u003c\/a\u003e for heavy-cut applications, the medium foam pad for medium corrections, the \u003ca href=\"\/en\/products\/sonax-profiline-schaumpad-weich-polierpad\"\u003esoft foam pad\u003c\/a\u003e for a hologram-free finish.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eThe \u003ca href=\"\/en\/products\/sonax-profiline-lammwollpad-wollpad\"\u003elambswool pad\u003c\/a\u003e offers similar abrasiveness to the FeltPad on paint, but behaves fundamentally differently: Lambswool fibers have a natural spring action that dissipates heat better and distributes cutting performance more evenly over larger areas. For heavy-cut on paint, the lambswool pad is therefore often a better choice than the FeltPad. The FeltPad, however, is superior to the lambswool pad on glass because its structural rigidity optimizes pressure distribution on the hard glass surface.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eFor glass work, there is no direct alternative to the FeltPad in the SONAX PROFILINE range — it is the specialist pad for this application. Anyone who regularly performs glass reconditioning should always have a supply of FeltPads, as they wear out faster due to the abrasive process than foam pads during paintwork. The double set in the pack is a practical starting point for the initial purchase.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eBuying FeltPad 125 — For Which Businesses and Applications It Pays Off\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eThe FeltPad 125 pays off for any business that offers glass reconditioning as a service. Tarnished windshields, side windows with water stain damage, and burned-in mineral deposits are common customer requests that cannot be cleanly resolved without the right polishing tool. With the FeltPad 125 and a high-quality glass polish, this service can be offered professionally and reliably — achieving results that clearly stand out from simple glass cleaning.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eFor detailers who expand their range of services with paint sealants following intensive paint correction, the FeltPad 125 is the first step for vehicles with heavily weathered paintwork. In combination with the abrasive polishes from the SONAX PROFILINE range — such as the CutMax \"6\/4\" for extreme corrections — the FeltPad enables aggressive initial cleaning before the subsequent correction stages based on foam work out the final result.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eThe FeltPad 125 is also a relevant tool for workshops that recondition vehicles after hail damage or accident repairs: Glass and paintwork after mechanical damage often require a combination of heavy grinding and subsequent fine correction. The double set of two FeltPads enables efficient work here without interruptions due to pad changes.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eAnother note on operational efficiency: Those who use the FeltPad 125 regularly should keep an eye on consumption. Felt wears out faster due to strong abrasion during glass work than foam during paint polishing — the fibers become flatter, the pressure transfer more uneven. A simple test: Place the pad on a flat surface and feel the surface with a finger. If the felt surface has become uneven or noticeably thinner, a pad change is due. Regular renewal is not a question of cost, but a question of quality — a worn FeltPad produces poorer results and longer processing times.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eAs a complement to the FeltPad, a complete glass reconditioning kit should include the \u003ca href=\"\/en\/products\/sonax-profiline-glasscleaner-glasreiniger\"\u003eGlassCleaner\u003c\/a\u003e for pre-cleaning and a glass sealant as a final protection. The complete package of cleaning, polishing with the FeltPad, and subsequent sealing is the professional answer to all requirements for glass reconditioning — and pays off both for reconditioning businesses with high glass throughput and for detailers who selectively treat vehicles with particularly strained windows. The SONAX PROFILINE system ensures that all products are coordinated: Anyone who performs pre-cleaning with PROFILINE products, processes the glass polish with the FeltPad, and selects the sealant from the PROFILINE range will achieve a consistent result without compatibility problems between the individual steps.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"SONAX","offers":[{"title":"2 pieces","offer_id":57345156022607,"sku":"D1-SNX-4933000","price":12.72,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0800\/3272\/7375\/files\/sonax-profiline-filzpad-125_2-stueck.png?v=1774736583"},{"product_id":"sonax-profiline-hybridwollpad-wollpad","title":"PROFILINE Hybrid Wool Pad Wool Pad","description":"\u003ch2\u003eAggressive Cut with a Gentle Surface — SONAX PROFILINE HybridWoolPad\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cblockquote\u003e\n  \u003cp\u003e\u003cem\u003eWhat is a HybridWoolPad and what is it used for? The Hybrid-WoolPad combines a virgin wool surface with a foam core — the wool side provides maximum cut for stubborn paint defects, while the foam core ensures controlled pressure distribution and reduced heat generation.\u003c\/em\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/blockquote\u003e\n\n\u003chr\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eFor decades, wool pads have been known as the most aggressive polishing tool in professional detailing: their rough surface structure and high flexibility allow the wool fibers to achieve the strongest mechanical cutting performance possible with a polishing pad — significantly more than any foam pad. At the same time, classic pure wool pads have a weakness: without a foam core, they transfer machine pressure unevenly and can cause localized overheating if used improperly. The \u003cstrong\u003eSONAX PROFILINE HybridWoolPad\u003c\/strong\u003e combines the best of both worlds: the virgin wool surface for maximum cutting performance and a foam core for even pressure distribution and better heat dissipation. Available in Ø80 mm, Ø125 mm, and Ø165 mm for all polishing machines and applications.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMaximum cutting performance due to virgin wool surface for the toughest paint defects.\u003c\/strong\u003e The virgin wool fibers of the HybridWoolPad generate very high mechanical abrasion due to their natural structure: on heavily weathered paint, deep oxidation, and holograms from Class B machine scratches are efficiently removed. The wool structure allows for a removal depth that is not achievable with classic foam pads — for severe paint defects, the wool pad is the first choice.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFoam core for even pressure distribution and controlled work.\u003c\/strong\u003e The hybrid construction of the pad protects the paint from localized overheating: the foam core under the wool side distributes the machine's contact pressure evenly over the entire working surface of the pad. This avoids the \"hot spots\" known from classic wool pads — localized overheating points that can damage the clear coat. The result is a more controllable cutting performance, manageable even for experienced detailers with less wool pad experience.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eThree sizes for all machine formats and application areas.\u003c\/strong\u003e The HybridWoolPad is available in Ø80 mm for mini-orbital machines and detail work, Ø125 mm for standard orbital machines and compact rotary polishers, and Ø165 mm for large-area polishing on bonnets, roofs, and sides. The choice of size depends on the application area: small pads for tight areas and edges, large pads for rapid progress on large paint surfaces.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003chr\u003e\n\n\u003cblockquote class=\"praxistipp\"\u003e\n  \u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003ePractical tip from Detailing1:\u003c\/strong\u003e The HybridWoolPad develops its best cutting performance at medium machine speed (1,200–1,600 rpm on a rotary polisher) with moderate pressure. More pressure does not mean more cut — the wool pad cuts through the fibers, not through the pressure. After each vehicle panel, blow out polishing residue from the wool bundles with a stiff brush at idle. Wool pads cannot be reused as frequently as foam pads — when preparing materials, plan for 1–2 pads per vehicle. After use, wash thoroughly in lukewarm water with a mild cleaner and allow to dry flat.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/blockquote\u003e\n\n\u003chr\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eHybridWoolPad Technology — Virgin Wool, Foam Core, and Cutting Behavior\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eThe \u003cstrong\u003eHybridWoolPad\u003c\/strong\u003e uses virgin wool — i.e., shorn animal wool — as a polishing material. Virgin wool has a naturally scaled fiber structure (the so-called scale structure of the wool hair) that performs microscopically small cutting movements during polishing. These fiber scales grip the uppermost clear coat layer and remove it through mechanical abrasion — similar to sandpaper, but with a much finer grit and higher flexibility. The flexibility of the wool bundles prevents the fibers from leaving rigid scratches in the paint — the wool bundles spring back on contact and create a more even cutting effect than rigid abrasives.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eThe foam core of the hybrid construction performs several functions: It distributes the polishing machine's contact pressure over the entire pad surface, prevents localized pressure peaks on uneven paint surfaces, and cushions the wool side against the paint surface. This damping function makes the HybridWoolPad significantly safer to use than pure wool pads without a foam core — especially on curved surfaces such as fenders and bumpers, where a stiff pad can easily create edgy contact.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eA frequently asked question concerns the cleaning of wool pads after use: wool pads absorb more polishing residue than foam pads and must be cleaned more thoroughly after use. The best result is achieved by soaking in lukewarm water with a mild wool detergent for 15–20 minutes, then gently squeezing (not wringing!) and drying flat. Overly aggressive washing or spinning in the washing machine will damage the wool structure and reduce cutting performance during subsequent use. Properly cared for wool pads last for several vehicles; improperly treated ones lose their fiber properties after just 2–3 uses.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eThe cutting performance of the HybridWoolPad exceeds that of the hardest foam pad: where a foam pad with a heavy-cut polish requires several passes, the HybridWoolPad often finishes in one pass. This makes the wool pad particularly valuable for heavily weathered vehicles where time is the most precious factor. For normal vehicle detailing with light to medium holograms, however, the wool pad is oversized — here, the cutting performance of foam pads is sufficient and easier to control.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eApplication of the HybridWoolPad — Polish Combination, Machine, and Technique\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eThe HybridWoolPad is designed for use with heavy-cut polishes. The recommended combination in the PROFILINE system is the HybridWoolPad with \u003ca href=\"\/en\/products\/sonax-profiline-cutmax-schleif-politur\"\u003eSONAX PROFILINE CutMax \"6\/4\" abrasive polish\u003c\/a\u003e or \u003ca href=\"\/en\/products\/sonax-profiline-ultimatecut-schleif-politur\"\u003ePROFILINE UltimateCut \"6+\/3\"\u003c\/a\u003e — the strongest polishes in the range. These combinations are designed for vehicles with severe P800-P1000 sanding marks, deep oxidation, or heavy holograms from machine pre-treatments.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eMachine selection: The HybridWoolPad works on both rotary polishers and dual-action orbital machines. On the rotary polisher, it generates the highest cut; on the orbital machine, the cutting performance is slightly reduced, but the result is more even and the risk of heat damage is lower. For beginners in professional polishing, it is recommended to start with the HybridWoolPad on an orbital machine before switching to a rotary polisher.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003ePolish dosage on the wool pad: Unlike foam pads, less polish should be applied to the wool pad. The wool structure sucks polish out of the paint surface and collects it in the fibers — too much polish leads to overloading of the pad, which reduces cutting performance and makes it difficult to remove polishing residue. A small cross of polish (instead of the 5-dot pattern for foam pads) is usually sufficient for wool pads.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eApplication Areas of the HybridWoolPad — Severe Paint Defects, Oxidation, and Initial Acceleration\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eThe HybridWoolPad is the tool for the toughest paint correction tasks: heavily weathered paint from years of neglect, oxidized surfaces on used vehicles, vehicles with sanding marks from coarse machine sanding passes, or heavy holograms from automatic car washes. In all these cases, the wool pad provides the highest removal volume in the shortest time.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eThe HybridWoolPad is also suitable for GRP (glass-fiber reinforced plastic on boats, caravans or motorcycles) preparation. GRP gelcoat weathers similarly to car paint — it oxidizes and becomes dull. With the wool pad and a suitable heavy-cut polish, oxidized gelcoat can be efficiently reconditioned and brought to a high gloss. Important: GRP is thicker than car paint (1–5 mm instead of 80–150 µm) and tolerates more mechanical abrasion — but excessive heat development can also cause damage to GRP. Moderate pressure and regular breaks during GRP preparation with the wool pad are mandatory.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eAnother special case for the wool pad is the initial acceleration in multi-layer paint structures: vehicles with very thick original clear coat layers (over 80 µm) can hardly remove enough material with normal abrasive polishes on foam pads to reach deep-seated defects. The HybridWoolPad with heavy cutting polish provides the necessary removal volume for the first cutting pass, which is then continued in several finer steps until a high gloss is achieved.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eSONAX PROFILINE HybridWoolPad in Comparison — Wool Pad vs. Foam Pad in Cutting Needs\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eIn the PROFILINE polishing pad range, the HybridWoolPad is the choice for maximum cutting performance, while the \u003ca href=\"\/en\/products\/sonax-profiline-schaumpad-hart-polierpad\"\u003eSONAX PROFILINE hard foam pad\u003c\/a\u003e is for lighter to medium heavy-cut tasks. The decision between a wool pad and a hard foam pad depends on the severity of the paint defects: deep scratches, heavy oxidation, and severe machine scratches require the wool pad; light holograms, normal signs of wear, and fresh paint on new vehicles are treated more efficiently with the hard foam pad, as the wool pad would remove more material than necessary in these cases.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eAfter the HybridWoolPad pass, a subsequent step with a medium foam pad and a finish polish or a soft foam pad with a high-gloss polish is necessary to remove the fine sanding marks typical of wool pads from the clear coat and to finalize the high gloss. The HybridWoolPad is always the first step in a multi-stage process — never the last. If a detailer delivers directly after using the wool pad, the customer will receive a paint finish with visible micro-scratches under streak lighting.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eBuying the SONAX PROFILINE HybridWoolPad — Size Selection and Application Recommendation\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eFor detailing businesses, an assortment of several sizes is recommended: Ø165 mm for large-area work on bonnets, roofs, and sides; Ø125 mm as a standard size for fenders, doors, and details; Ø80 mm for tight areas such as bumper edges and sills. The HybridWoolPad is designed as part of the PROFILINE polishing system — it works optimally with PROFILINE polishes and delivers consistent, reproducible results in this combination for every detailing pass.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eFor businesses that use the HybridWoolPad regularly, a dedicated polishing pad cleaning station is recommended: a shallow basin with warm water and wool detergent, into which the used pad is placed after each pad change. At the end of the workday, all wool pads are cleaned simultaneously and laid flat to dry. This routine prevents polishing gel from drying in the wool bundles and clumping the fibers. Dried-in polishing residues in the wool pad are almost impossible to remove — the pad permanently loses cutting performance.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eSince wool pads wear out faster than foam pads after intensive use, a stock of 3–5 pads per size is recommended for regular detailing businesses. The high cutting performance of the HybridWoolPad justifies its use on difficult vehicles — for normal new and used vehicles without severe paint defects, foam pads are the more economical choice.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"SONAX","offers":[{"title":"Ø80 mm","offer_id":57345168933199,"sku":"D1-SNX-4940410","price":38.88,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true},{"title":"Ø125 mm","offer_id":57345168965967,"sku":"D1-SNX-4938000","price":27.73,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true},{"title":"Ø165 mm","offer_id":57345168998735,"sku":"D1-SNX-4941000","price":37.15,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0800\/3272\/7375\/files\/sonax-profiline-hybridwollpad_125-mm.png?v=1774736592"},{"product_id":"sonax-profiline-lammwollpad-wollpad","title":"PROFILINE Lambswool Pad","description":"\u003ch2\u003eMaximum cutting performance from natural wool — SONAX PROFILINE LambswoolPad\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cblockquote\u003e\n  \u003cp\u003e\u003cem\u003eWhat does the SONAX PROFILINE LambswoolPad do? The wool pad, made from genuine lambswool fibers, delivers maximum abrasive performance in combination with heavy-cut polishes for used car reconditioning — in Ø80 mm for eccentric and rotary machines, and in Ø125 mm for rotary use.\u003c\/em\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/blockquote\u003e\n\n\u003chr\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eIn the polishing workflow, there are situations where foam or hybrid pads simply aren't enough: deeply ingrained scratches after sanding preparation with P800 to P1000, stubborn oxidation layers on weathered paints, holograms from previous machine polishes, or severe wash scratches on dark paint colors. For these cases, there is the \u003cstrong\u003eSONAX PROFILINE LambswoolPad\u003c\/strong\u003e — a wool pad made from genuine lambswool fibers that achieves cutting performance through its open, three-dimensional fiber structure that synthetic foam pads cannot replicate. The fiber structure of the lambswool interacts with the polish, creating mechanical abrasion on the paint surface while simultaneously retaining heat in the pad, allowing the abrasive particles of the polish to activate optimally. If you are regularly confronted with heavy-cut situations in your business, you cannot avoid the LambswoolPad — it is the strongest tool in the SONAX PROFILINE pad range for the initial correction phase.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eHighest cutting performance due to natural lambswool fibers for the first correction phase.\u003c\/strong\u003e Natural lambswool, with its wavy, three-dimensional fiber structure, creates mechanical abrasive performance that synthetic pads can hardly achieve. Deeply ingrained scratches after wet sanding with P800–P1200, heavy oxidation layers on weathered paints, and stubborn holograms from machine polishing are efficiently leveled in one step with the SONAX PROFILINE LambswoolPad. This saves time in the first correction phase and reduces the number of polishing steps required.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTwo sizes for different machine types — Ø80 mm and Ø125 mm.\u003c\/strong\u003e The SONAX PROFILINE LambswoolPad is available in Ø80 mm for use on smaller eccentric and rotary machines, and in Ø125 mm for standard rotary machines. The Ø80 mm pad is particularly suitable for details, edges, and hard-to-reach areas, while the Ø125 mm pad is for efficient processing of hoods, roofs, and large body surfaces. The hook-and-loop connection is designed for SONAX PROFILINE backing plates.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDurable wool with a robust foam core for professional continuous use.\u003c\/strong\u003e The LambswoolPad combines genuine lambswool fibers with a stable foam core that maintains the pad's shape even under the pressure of a rotary machine. Unlike pure wool pads without a core, the pad remains dimensionally stable even after many washes and does not shed fibers on the paint. For professional businesses with high pad throughput, the combination of washability and durability is a clear cost advantage.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003chr\u003e\n\n\u003cblockquote class=\"praxistipp\"\u003e\n  \u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003ePractical tip from Detailing1:\u003c\/strong\u003e Before first use, briefly break in the \u003cstrong\u003eSONAX PROFILINE LambswoolPad\u003c\/strong\u003e: Attach the pad to the machine, apply a thimbleful of polish to the pad, and distribute it over a 40x40 cm area with low speed (approx. 900–1,200 rpm for rotary) without pressure — this allows the wool fibers to soak up the polish, and the first working area will not be polished too dry. For heavily oxidized paint, we recommend applying the polish in small portions directly to the paint, not just on the pad — this extends the working time of the abrasives. After polishing, rinse the pad with a pad cleaning brush (pad washer or brush with water), do not let it dry, and then reuse it — wool works better when slightly damp. For combination with \u003ca href=\"\/en\/products\/sonax-profiline-ultimatecut-schleif-politur\"\u003eSONAX PROFILINE UltimateCut\u003c\/a\u003e or \u003ca href=\"\/en\/products\/sonax-profiline-cut-finish-einstufen-politur\"\u003eSONAX PROFILINE Cut+Finish\u003c\/a\u003e on a \u003ca href=\"\/en\/products\/sonax-profiline-klett-stutzteller-125-stutzteller\"\u003eSONAX PROFILINE Hook-and-Loop Backing Plate 125\u003c\/a\u003e, the system is optimally coordinated.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/blockquote\u003e\n\n\u003chr\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eCutting performance and material structure of the LambswoolPad — how lambswool creates mechanical abrasion\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe superior abrasive performance of the \u003cstrong\u003eSONAX PROFILINE LambswoolPad\u003c\/strong\u003e compared to foam pads is explained by the physical properties of natural lambswool fibers: Each individual wool fiber is naturally spirally crimped — this crimp creates an open, three-dimensional pore structure within the mass of fibers. This structure fulfills several functions in the polishing process. First, the fiber structure deeply absorbs the polish and releases it in a controlled manner to the paint surface, ensuring even abrasive distribution. Second, the fibers microscopically engage with the abrasive particles of the polish, thereby increasing the effective contact area between the abrasive and the paint. Third, fiber friction generates heat, which activates the abrasive particles in break-down polishes — especially with SONAX PROFILINE high-cut polishes, this thermal activation is crucial for full abrasive performance.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe support foam under the wool fibers is designed for medium hardness, which makes the pad usable on both rotary and eccentric machines. In rotary use (typical: 800–1,400 rpm), the medium-hard support provides the necessary counter-pressure so that the wool fibers lie on the paint with sufficient force. In eccentric use, the support prevents the pad from deforming too much under the eccentric motion and polishing unevenly. The hook-and-loop backing on the reverse side is standardized and fits all common 80mm and 125mm backing plates with Velcro attachment — including the SONAX PROFILINE Hook-and-Loop Backing Plate 125 and compatible backing plates from other manufacturers.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eCompared to synthetic cutting foam pads (orange or red), the LambswoolPad has a different working style: Foam cutting pads apply a more even, lenticular pressure to the paint — making them controllable and well suited for moderate corrections. Lambswool, on the other hand, works with the fiber tips and creates micro-punctual pressure, which is more efficient for maximum abrasion requirements. The difference is visible in a direct comparison after the first polishing round: On heavily oxidized paint or after P1000 sanding, the LambswoolPad shows significantly fewer remaining sanding marks after one round than a cutting foam pad.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eApplication and Workflow — correctly using the SONAX PROFILINE LambswoolPad\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe optimal workflow with the \u003cstrong\u003eSONAX PROFILINE LambswoolPad\u003c\/strong\u003e begins with the right polish selection: The pad is designed for high-cut polishes with a high degree of abrasion — SONAX PROFILINE UltimateCut 6+\/3, SONAX PROFILINE Cut+Finish 5\/5, or SONAX PROFILINE FS 05-04 are typical partners. With finishing polishes (NP 03-06, PerfectFinish), the combination makes little sense — here, softer foam pads or finish pads are the better choice. The LambswoolPad is a tool for the correction phase, not for the finish phase.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe working sequence with the LambswoolPad on a rotary machine: Mark off a working area of approximately 40x50 cm, apply 3–4 rice-grain-sized portions of polish to the paint, place the pad, and briefly work in the polish at low speed (approx. 800 rpm) until no dry spots are visible. Then increase the speed to the working range (typically 1,000–1,400 rpm depending on polish and paint) and make 3–5 even passes with light pressure. Afterward, reduce the speed, polish out any remaining polish, lift the pad, and check the result. If sanding marks are still visible, do a second round on the same area — with a fresh portion of polish. After polishing, wipe with a microfiber cloth and only then move to the next area.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOn eccentric machines (typically 12–15 mm eccentric), the LambswoolPad works with slightly lower abrasion than on a rotary, but is gentler on thin paints. The typical speed setting is 4,000–5,500 rpm, and the pressure is moderate. The advantage of eccentric use: The machine is more forgiving of beginner's mistakes when holding edges than a rotary, and the risk of burning through is significantly lower. For workshops that rarely work with rotary but still need higher abrasive performance than with foam pads, the LambswoolPad on an eccentric is a good compromise solution.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBetween polishing areas and before storing, regularly rinse the pad with a pad washer or a brush under running water. Polish residues in the wool fibers that dry out will gum up the fiber structure and noticeably reduce abrasive performance. Freshly cleaned and stored slightly damp, the pad remains immediately ready for the next session.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eAreas of application — when the SONAX PROFILINE LambswoolPad is the first choice\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe \u003cstrong\u003eSONAX PROFILINE LambswoolPad\u003c\/strong\u003e is not the first choice for every vehicle or every paint — it is the specialized tool for situations where medium pads are not sufficient. In daily detailing, these are mainly three scenarios: First, used car reconditioning with heavily neglected paints that have accumulated UV oxidation, wash scratches, and dirt deposits over years. These paints are typically matte or hazy, reflecting diffusely rather than specularly, and barely react to normal foam polishing combinations. The LambswoolPad quickly breaks up the surface and shows after the first polishing pass what paint depth is still present underneath.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe second main scenario is paint correction after wet sanding. If scratches or paint defects have been manually or machine wet sanded (typically P800–P1200), the sanding leaves coarse sanding marks that must be completely removed before fine polishing can begin. In this phase, the LambswoolPad on a rotary is the fastest tool: It works out the sanding marks in one or two passes and prepares the surface for finish polishing. Foam cutting pads would require significantly more passes for the same task.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe third scenario is holograms and swirl marks from previous machine polishes, where poor technique or incorrect pad combinations have left fine swirls in the paint. These holograms are particularly visible on dark, solid-color paints (black, dark gray, dark blue) and require genuine material removal, not just surface filling like a finish pad. The LambswoolPad with a Cut+Finish polish efficiently removes these holograms and leaves a clear base for the final sealant.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eHowever, caution is advised on sensitive paints (very thin factory layers, freshly painted surfaces, clear coat under 60 micrometers): The LambswoolPad with high-cut polish removes more paint per round than a foam pad. Before use, a paint thickness measurement should always be performed, and on thin paints, less pressure and lower speed should be used, or switch to the SONAX PROFILINE HybridWoolPad, which acts somewhat gentler.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eLambswoolPad vs. HybridWoolPad — the right wool pad for every detailing case\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe SONAX PROFILINE wool pad range offers two different approaches with the \u003cstrong\u003eSONAX PROFILINE LambswoolPad\u003c\/strong\u003e and the \u003ca href=\"\/en\/products\/sonax-profiline-hybridwollpad-wollpad\"\u003eSONAX PROFILINE HybridWoolPad\u003c\/a\u003e, which differ specifically in their construction and application profile. The LambswoolPad consists exclusively of natural lambswool fibers and thus offers the maximum cutting performance in the SONAX PROFILINE pad range — it is designed for heavy-cut applications where the highest available material removal is required.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe HybridWoolPad combines natural wool fibers with synthetic fibers to create a mixed material that mediates between the aggressive cutting performance of the pure wool pad and the controllability of a foam pad. For users who appreciate the advantages of a wool fiber structure (open texture, good polish absorption, heat generation) but do not need the full abrasive potential of the LambswoolPad, the HybridWoolPad is the right choice. It is suitable for moderate paint defects, light to moderate oxidation, and vehicles with normal care conditions — where a pure lambswool pad would be too aggressive.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor \u003ca href=\"\/en\/products\/sonax-profiline-schaumpad-weich-polierpad\"\u003eSONAX PROFILINE FoamPad soft\u003c\/a\u003e, on the other hand, the positioning is clear: It is designed for the finishing phase after correction work — if you want to perform a final finishing pass with a fine polish after using the LambswoolPad, reach for the soft foam pad. The three-pad system of LambswoolPad (Heavy Cut) → FoamPad medium (intermediate polish, if necessary) → FoamPad soft (Finish) completely covers all correction phases from rough preliminary work to high-gloss final polishing.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIn practice, the following rule of thumb applies to pad selection: If the paint is heavily oxidized, shows coarse sanding marks after wet sanding, or has deep scratches (visible to the naked eye in glancing light) → LambswoolPad. If the paint has moderate wash scratches and swirls without deeper damage → HybridWoolPad. If the paint is in good basic condition and only needs refreshing and sealant preparation → FoamPad medium or soft. With this selection, the detailing workflow is clearly structured for every vehicle condition.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eBuy SONAX PROFILINE LambswoolPad — Sizes, Compatibility, and Recommendation\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe \u003cstrong\u003eSONAX PROFILINE LambswoolPad\u003c\/strong\u003e is available in two sizes: Ø80 mm and Ø125 mm. For professional businesses, it is recommended to keep both sizes in stock: The Ø125 mm pad is the working size for surface work on hoods, roofs, doors, and fenders — here, the size demonstrates its time efficiency and covers more surface per pass. The Ø80 mm pad is the detail size for depressions, edges, A-pillars, mirror housings, and all areas where a 125 mm pad is too large to work controllably.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe hook-and-loop backing fits all SONAX PROFILINE backing plates with standard Velcro connection. For the Ø125 mm pad, the SONAX PROFILINE Hook-and-Loop Backing Plate 125 (M14 thread) is the direct system solution — it is designed for rotary machines with an M14 spindle and ensures a vibration-resistant connection that sits securely even at high speeds. For the Ø80 mm pad, an 80 mm compatible backing plate is required accordingly.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eMachine compatibility: The LambswoolPad in both sizes is suitable for rotary polishing machines and for eccentric machines. On a rotary machine (Rupes LHR, Flex PE, Makita PW5001C, or similar), it delivers its full cutting performance. On eccentric machines (Rupes BigFoot, Flex XFE, Bosch PEX), it also works, with slightly lower abrasive performance than on a rotary. Orbital machines (Flex XCE, Flex OE) are less suitable for wool pads in heavy-cut use, as the orbital motion interacts less efficiently with the fiber structure than the rotary motion.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor businesses that frequently perform heavy-cut polishing, we recommend having several LambswoolPads per size in stock: As soon as a pad is saturated (recognizable by the fact that it barely glides on the paint when applied, but \"drags\"), it should be replaced with a fresh one. A saturated pad no longer polishes optimally — it smears rather than grinds. With two to three pads per size in use, the pace can be maintained on long detailing days without having to wait for slow pad cleaning: Attach and polish with one pad, rinse and dry the other — alternating.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"SONAX","offers":[{"title":"Ø80 mm","offer_id":57345169129807,"sku":"D1-SNX-4941410","price":24.59,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true},{"title":"Ø125 mm","offer_id":57345169162575,"sku":"D1-SNX-4931410","price":15.47,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0800\/3272\/7375\/files\/sonax-profiline-lammwollpad_125-mm.png?v=1774736616"},{"product_id":"sonax-profiline-schaumpad-hart-polierpad","title":"PROFILINE Foam Pad Hard Polishing Pad","description":"\u003ch2\u003eMaximum Cut for Weathered Paint — SONAX PROFILINE FoamPad hard\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cblockquote\u003e\n  \u003cp\u003e\u003cem\u003eWhat is a hard polishing pad used for in professional applications? A hard polishing pad like the \u003cstrong\u003eSONAX PROFILINE FoamPad hard\u003c\/strong\u003e maximizes the cutting performance of the polish used — it removes more paint layers than softer pads, making it the right tool for heavily weathered clear coat, severe holograms, and oxidized surfaces.\u003c\/em\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/blockquote\u003e\n\n\u003chr\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eIn paint preparation, the combination of polish and polishing pad significantly determines the result: The same cutting polish delivers significantly less abrasive power on a soft pad than on a hard pad. Anyone who wants to efficiently remove severe paint defects — deep-set holograms, oxidation, deep scratches down to the clear coat — needs the right pad configuration. The \u003cstrong\u003eSONAX PROFILINE FoamPad hard\u003c\/strong\u003e is designed for this: a high-density, open-pore foam polishing pad that brings the cutting power of polishes like PROFILINE CutMax to full effect. Available in Ø75 mm and Ø150 mm for all common polishing machines.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMaximum cutting performance due to high foam density and open-pore structure.\u003c\/strong\u003e The high foam density of the FoamPad hard ensures that the pad yields little during polishing and the polish is pressed onto the paint surface with constant pressure. At the same time, the open-pore structure allows for even distribution and release of the polish over the entire working surface. The result is a controllable, even cut — without local overheating or uneven abrasion.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLong service life due to center cooling and good ventilation.\u003c\/strong\u003e Hard polishing generates heat — a problem for inexpensive pads that deform or decompose at high temperatures. The FoamPad hard is equipped with special center cooling and an open ventilation structure that prevents heat buildup. This significantly extends the service life of the pad and allows for polishing multiple vehicles without damaging the pad or causing swirl marks in the paint due to overheating.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eQuick change and precise handling due to Velcro fastening and beveled edge.\u003c\/strong\u003e In daily operations, every minute counts: The Velcro fastening of the FoamPad hard allows for pad changes in seconds, without tools and without interrupting the workflow. The beveled foam edge improves handling on edges, corners, and hard-to-reach areas — a detail that makes the difference between a clean result and an unpolished edge zone, especially when polishing fenders, door edges, and spoilers.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003chr\u003e\n\n\u003cblockquote class=\"praxistipp\"\u003e\n  \u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003ePractical tip from Detailing1:\u003c\/strong\u003e When using the FoamPad hard, panel polishing is recommended: Always work on only one panel (hood, roof, side) per pass, not the entire body at once. The pad releases the polish more evenly if it is not left too long between moistening and removal. After 2–3 panels, clean the pad with a soft pad brush or a short burst of compressed air — this prevents baked-on polish residues that can create micro-scratches when polishing further. After work: soak for 30 minutes in warm water with PROFILINE Microfibre Wash, wring out, and air dry flat.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/blockquote\u003e\n\n\u003chr\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eTechnology of the FoamPad hard — Foam Density, Open-Pore Structure, and Cutting Behavior\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eThe cutting power of a polishing pad system results from the interaction of three factors: the hardness of the pad, the open-pore structure of the foam, and the abrasive power of the polish used. The \u003cstrong\u003eFoamPad hard\u003c\/strong\u003e is designed for maximum pad intensity — it is the hardest foam pad in the PROFILINE range and thus the right pad for heavy-cut polishes such as the \u003ca href=\"\/en\/products\/sonax-profiline-cutmax-schleif-politur\"\u003eSONAX PROFILINE CutMax \"6\/4\" Abrasive Polish\u003c\/a\u003e or the \u003ca href=\"\/en\/products\/sonax-profiline-ultimatecut-schleif-politur\"\u003eSONAX PROFILINE UltimateCut \"6+\/3\"\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eThe open-pore foam structure of the FoamPad hard has two functions: Firstly, the open-pore structure stores larger quantities of polish and releases it evenly and continuously over the working surface — without over-flooding the paint surface or creating dry spots. Secondly, the open-pore structure allows for better heat dissipation than closed-cell foams: Heat generated during the polishing process is dissipated through the pores instead of being stored in the pad. Together with the special cooling zone in the center of the pad, this creates a system that remains controllable even during prolonged polishing and does not endanger the paint due to local overheating.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eImportant for practical use: A hard pad increases the cut, but there are also limits. On freshly polished, thin clear coat or on vehicles with factory base coat without clear coat, the FoamPad hard should only be used with reduced machine settings. The pad itself does not provide feedback on the remaining clear coat thickness — paint thickness measurement before polishing is mandatory, not optional, for heavy cutting.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eApplying the FoamPad hard — Polish Combination, Machine, and Polishing Technique\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eThe FoamPad hard is suitable for all common polishing machines: rotary polishers, orbital polishers, and dual-action machines. The optimal machine choice depends on the application: For maximum cut on heavily weathered paint, a rotary polisher with the FoamPad hard is recommended, as rotary machines produce more abrasion at the same RPMs than orbital machines. For more even, safer work on normal new car holograms, an orbital polisher with the FoamPad hard offers a good compromise between cutting performance and controllability.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003ePolish distribution on the pad is crucial for the result. The \"5-point pattern\" is recommended: four small dots of polish at the corners of the working area and one in the center. Then, with the machine turned off, briefly spread the polish on the paint surface before starting the machine — this prevents the polish from splattering when turned on. The machine speed for the FoamPad hard should be between 1,200 and 1,800 RPM, depending on the polish and paint hardness; very hard paints (Japanese vehicles) require higher speeds, softer paints (French, British manufacturers) respond better to lower speeds.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eAfter polishing: Immediately clean the pad of polish residues with a soft pad brush. Baked-on polish in the pad creates uneven cut on the next use and can leave grooves in the paint. If you are working with several pads simultaneously, you can switch between panels and clean the other pad at your leisure — this increases working speed and maintains consistent pad quality.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eAreas of Application for the FoamPad hard — Weathered Paint, Oxidation, and GRP Surfaces\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eThe application range of the FoamPad hard includes three main areas: heavily weathered car paint, oxidized surfaces, and GRP (Glass Fiber Reinforced Plastic). Heavily weathered paint — typical of vehicles that have been exposed to the elements for years without sealant — shows dull, rough surfaces with deep holograms and UV damage in the clear coat. Here, a high cutting volume is necessary to abrade the damaged clear coat surface and expose underlying, still intact material. The FoamPad hard is precisely designed for this work.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eOxidized paints — particularly common on older vehicles or on plastic parts such as bumpers — have lost their surface molecular structure due to UV radiation. The dull, sometimes chalky-looking surface can only be restored with an aggressive polishing pad and a cutting polish. The FoamPad hard in combination with PROFILINE CutMax is the recommended system solution for this work.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eGRP surfaces — boat hulls, motorcycles, caravans, sports vehicles — place special demands: GRP tolerates less overheating than car paint, but reacts similarly to mechanical abrasion. The FoamPad hard is approved for GRP and delivers good results on these surfaces when the machine settings are chosen conservatively (medium speed, light pressure).\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eFoamPad hard in Comparison — Polishing Pad Hardness Grades in the PROFILINE System\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eIn the PROFILINE polishing pad range, the FoamPad hard stands at the top for cutting performance. For comparison: The \u003ca href=\"\/en\/products\/sonax-profiline-schaumpad-medium-polierpad\"\u003eSONAX PROFILINE FoamPad medium\u003c\/a\u003e is less hard and combines medium cutting performance with more gloss potential — it is suitable for one-step polishes or medium defects. The \u003ca href=\"\/en\/products\/sonax-profiline-schaumpad-weich-polierpad\"\u003eSONAX PROFILINE FoamPad soft\u003c\/a\u003e is the pure finishing pad: very little cut, maximum gloss — exclusively for finishing polishes like PROFILINE NP \"03-06\" without previous defects.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eThe choice between hardness grades follows a simple rule: the more severe the paint defects, the harder the pad and the more aggressive the polish. Performing a three-step process (Step 1: remove deep scratches with hard + CutMax; Step 2: remove holograms with medium + Cut+Finish; Step 3: finalize with soft + NP) achieves the best result. For simpler cases, a two-step process or even a one-step pass with the medium pad is sufficient.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eIn addition to the FoamPads, the PROFILINE system also includes the \u003ca href=\"\/en\/products\/sonax-profiline-exzenterpad-hart-polierpad\"\u003eSONAX PROFILINE ExzenterPad hard\u003c\/a\u003e — a similarly hard pad, but with special adaptation to the movement of orbital machines. Those who work exclusively with orbital machines should consider the ExzenterPad hard; those who work with rotary polishers or multiple machine types will find the FoamPad hard to be a flexible solution.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eBuying the SONAX PROFILINE FoamPad hard — Variants, System Combination, and Recommendation\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eThe PROFILINE FoamPad hard is available in two variants: Ø75 mm for smaller backing plates and precise work on small panels, corners, and bumper details — and Ø150 mm for large-area use on hoods, roofs, and sides. For a complete polishing workstation, a set of several pads of both sizes is recommended: this allows for switching between panels without having to wait for clean pads.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eThe ideal system combination for severe defects: FoamPad hard Ø150 mm + PROFILINE CutMax \"6\/4\" on the rotary or orbital polisher for the first cutting pass. Then, with FoamPad medium + PROFILINE Cut+Finish \"5\/5\" for medium polishing, and finally with FoamPad soft + PROFILINE NP \"03-06\" for the high-gloss finish. This three-stage product chain is fully represented in the PROFILINE range — all components are coordinated and deliver reproducible results.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eFor detailing businesses, a supply of at least 4–6 FoamPads hard of each size is recommended: This allows for always starting with a fresh pad, while used pads are refreshed during night-time cleaning. The PROFILINE polishing pad system pays off for businesses with high vehicle throughput due to its long service life and consistent cutting performance, which prevents costly rework due to uneven results.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"SONAX","offers":[{"title":"Ø75 mm","offer_id":57345169654095,"sku":"D1-SNX-4921410","price":24.9,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true},{"title":"Ø5.9 inches","offer_id":57345169686863,"sku":"D1-SNX-4922410","price":10.05,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0800\/3272\/7375\/files\/sonax-profiline-schaumpad-hart_150-mm.png?v=1774736662"},{"product_id":"sonax-profiline-schaumpad-medium-polierpad","title":"PROFILINE Foam Pad medium polishing pad","description":"\u003ch2\u003eMedium Cut Performance with Optimal Control — SONAX PROFILINE FoamPad medium\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cblockquote\u003e\n  \u003cp\u003e\u003cem\u003eWhat does a medium-hard polishing pad achieve, and when is it the right choice? The medium-hard FoamPad from SONAX's PROFILINE range is the most versatile pad in the polishing system — it delivers sufficient cutting power for most signs of wear and holograms, leaves finer residue marks than a hard pad, and is suitable for both rotary and orbital polishers.\u003c\/em\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/blockquote\u003e\n\n\u003chr\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eWhen selecting pads for paint preparation, many users face the question of whether to choose an aggressive cutting pad or a gentle finishing pad. For the vast majority of preparation tasks, the answer lies somewhere in the middle — and this middle ground is precisely what the \u003cstrong\u003eSONAX PROFILINE FoamPad medium\u003c\/strong\u003e occupies. A medium-hard foam pad delivers enough cutting power to remove normal holograms, fine scratches from car washes, and light oxidation, without being so aggressive that residue marks require a complex follow-up step. The FoamPad medium is the pad that suffices as the only cutting pad in 70–80% of all vehicle detailing jobs. Available in Ø75 mm for rotary polishers and Ø150 mm for standard orbital machines.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMedium foam hardness for a wide range of applications between cut and finish.\u003c\/strong\u003e The FoamPad medium fills the gap between the aggressive FoamPad hard and the gentle FoamPad soft: It is hard enough to remove holograms and water spot marks, yet soft enough that the residue marks in the clear coat are so fine that a single finishing pass with a soft pad completely eliminates them. In easily accessible cases with light contamination and modern, easy-to-polish clear coat formulations, no finishing step is even necessary after the FoamPad medium — directly to sealing.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eVersatile for use on rotary and orbital polishers.\u003c\/strong\u003e The Ø75 mm pad is designed for the smaller backing plate of rotary polishers; the Ø150 mm pad for standard DA orbital machines. This division allows the same concept — medium-hard foam structure for balanced cut\/finish performance — to be transferred to both machine types. The medium pad achieves slightly more cut on the rotary polisher due to higher rotational energy than on the orbital; on the orbital, the application is safer for beginners because overheating risks are minimized by the randomized stroke.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eEconomical all-round solution for businesses with a mixed vehicle fleet.\u003c\/strong\u003e Not every vehicle needs a hard cutting pad, and not every vehicle can be sufficiently treated with a pure finishing pad. A medium-hard pad as standard equipment in the shop reduces complexity: For new vehicles without severe defects, the FoamPad medium is sufficient as the sole processing pad; for vehicles with light to medium defects, it is the primary cutting pad; only for heavily damaged paints is the FoamPad hard or the HybridWollPad used. This staggered system saves pad changing time in the shop.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003chr\u003e\n\n\u003cblockquote class=\"praxistipp\"\u003e\n  \u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003ePractical tip from Detailing1:\u003c\/strong\u003e The FoamPad medium is excellent for the one-step approach on modern vehicles: Combine cut and finish in a single pass with a cut+finish polish (like the \u003ca href=\"\/en\/products\/sonax-profiline-cut-finish-einstufen-politur\"\u003eSONAX PROFILINE Cut+Finish \"5\/5\" One-Step Polish\u003c\/a\u003e) on the FoamPad medium — this saves time compared to the two-step process and delivers very good results on modern soft clear coat formulations. This approach works particularly well on vehicles from the last 10 years with good factory condition and normal signs of use. For heavily damaged paints or vehicles with deep sanding marks, the multi-step process with FoamPad hard for the first cutting pass remains the more reliable approach.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/blockquote\u003e\n\n\u003chr\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eFoamPad medium Foam Structure — Medium-hard Cell Structure and Polishing Behavior\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eThe foam hardness of the \u003cstrong\u003eSONAX PROFILINE FoamPad medium\u003c\/strong\u003e lies between the values of the FoamPad hard and FoamPad soft: a medium-open cell structure that offers sufficient resistance to bring abrasive particles in the polishing compound to the paint surface with effective cutting energy, but at the same time shows enough flexibility to evenly cover contoured surfaces like fender curves and door panels. This balance between stiffness and adaptability is what makes the medium-hard pad the most versatile polishing pad in the entire PROFILINE range.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eThe cell structure of the FoamPad medium is designed to release polish evenly from the interior of the foam to the polishing front — an effect that foam pad technicians refer to as the \"reservoir effect\": the foam absorbs polish during the initial application and continuously releases it outwards during polishing. This leads to a more even distribution of polish over the entire panel surface than if the polish were only on the pad surface. This effect is particularly noticeable on larger panels like hoods and roofs: The cutting performance remains more consistent throughout the entire panel pass than with a completely closed-cell hard pad.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eThe rebound resilience — i.e., how quickly the foam returns to its shape after compression — is designed for medium machine frequencies with the FoamPad medium. This makes it compatible with both rotary polishers (constant rotation frequency) and DA orbital polishers (randomized stroke frequency), without performing significantly worse for either machine type. This machine agnosticism is a practical advantage in operations where different machine types are used and pads are not to be sorted machine-specifically.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eImportant for practical use: Briefly moisten new FoamPads medium before the first use and \"break them in\" once — the first few seconds on the first panel are for conditioning the foam, after which the pad operates at its full performance level. This brief break-in step ensures that the foam core absorbs the polish evenly and the reservoir effect works from the start. An unconditioned new pad will absorb polish in the first few passes without releasing enough onto the paint surface — the result is an uneven first panel that does not provide a realistic assessment of the pad-polish combination.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eAn aspect often underestimated with medium-hard pads: The effective cutting performance of a FoamPad medium is highly dependent on the cutting strength of the polish used. With a heavy-cut polish like the CutMax \"6\/4\", the FoamPad medium delivers surprisingly much cut — sufficient for many medium-heavy preparation tasks without having to switch to the aggressive FoamPad hard. With a lighter finish polish, the cut is reduced accordingly to a finish level. The user thus has a direct influence on the effective cut\/finish ratio through the choice of polish — an advantage that a hard or soft pad does not offer with this flexibility.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eApplication of the FoamPad medium — Polish Selection, Machine Technique and Pad Care\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eThe most versatile application combination for the FoamPad medium in the PROFILINE system is the medium-hard pad with a one-step polish like the \u003ca href=\"\/en\/products\/sonax-profiline-cut-finish-einstufen-politur\"\u003eSONAX PROFILINE Cut+Finish \"5\/5\"\u003c\/a\u003e — this combination covers the broad middle ground of detailing tasks. For vehicles with more severe defects, the FoamPad medium with the CutMax \"6\/4\" is recommended as a first step, followed by a FoamPad soft with a finish polish for the final high gloss.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eMachine choice and speed: On the rotary polisher, the FoamPad medium works optimally at 900–1,200 rpm — sufficient rotational energy for effective cutting performance without excessive heat generation. On the DA orbital polisher, the medium power level (level 3–4) is the correct setting to keep the medium-hard foam material in its optimal working range. Too low a speed leads to \"smearing\" — the polish is distributed but not effectively converted into cutting performance. Too high a speed on the rotary polisher generates more friction heat than is optimal for normal clear coat.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003ePolish dosage on the FoamPad medium: The 5-dot pattern (center + four edge dots) is the standard method for even distribution. Important: Do not apply too much polish — an oversaturated pad smears instead of cutting. The rule of thumb: It is better to start with little and add more if necessary than to start with too much polish and have to wipe the panel multiple times. A well-conditioned FoamPad medium shows an even abrasion film on the working surface after polishing — no excess, no dry area.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003ePad care after use: Clean the FoamPad medium after each vehicle with a pad spinner or a pad washer, not just at the end of the entire workday. Dried polish in the open cell structure changes the rebound properties and reduces the reservoir effect. Daily soaking in lukewarm water with a mild cleaning agent, gentle squeezing, and flat drying maintains the pad's properties over many uses. With proper care, medium-hard foam pads last 80–120 vehicles before replacement is necessary.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eAreas of Application for the FoamPad medium — Vehicle Types, Paint Condition and Polishing Scenarios\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eThe FoamPad medium is the right pad for: vehicles from the last 5–10 years with normal signs of use (holograms from washing, dust streaks), slightly weathered paints on vehicles that have not been polished for 3–5 years, new car detailing with minor transport damage, and one-step detailing on vehicles where time efficiency is important (dealership entry-level detailing, mobile detailing for customers).\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eThe FoamPad medium is less suitable for: vehicles with deep sanding marks from coarse sandpaper (P800 or finer), heavily oxidized paints with a dull, chalky white surface, and vehicles where clear cutting marks from a coarse machine sanding process need to be removed. In these cases, the FoamPad hard or the \u003ca href=\"\/en\/products\/sonax-profiline-hybridwollpad-wollpad\"\u003eSONAX PROFILINE HybridWollPad\u003c\/a\u003e is necessary for the first cutting pass — the medium-hard pad then takes over as a second step to eliminate the residue marks from the heavy cutting pass.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eA particularly valuable niche for the FoamPad medium: headlight restoration. Yellowed or tarnished polycarbonate headlight lenses can be brightened in a few passes with the FoamPad medium and a suitable headlight polish. The medium-hard pad effectively abrades the tarnished polycarbonate without being too aggressive and cutting deep scratches into the clear coat-like lens material. For headlight restoration, the small Ø75 mm pad (rotary format) or a separate mini-pad is practical for easily reaching the flat headlight geometry.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eIn professional operation, the FoamPad medium is recommended as standard equipment in multiple quantities: At least 3–5 pads per size for a full workday with vehicle changes. The strategy of \"one pad per vehicle with daily cleaning\" is more sensible for medium-hard pads than for hard pads, as the medium pad fully retains its properties with proper daily cleaning.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eFoamPad medium in Comparison — Classification in the PROFILINE Polishing Pad System\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eIn the PROFILINE polishing pad portfolio, the FoamPad medium occupies the central position: The \u003ca href=\"\/en\/products\/sonax-profiline-schaumpad-hart-polierpad\"\u003eSONAX PROFILINE FoamPad hard\u003c\/a\u003e (and the HybridWollPad) stand for maximum cutting performance when high material removal is needed; the FoamPad medium for the broad middle ground of all preparation scenarios; the FoamPad soft for finish polishes on already well-worked paint with no significant residual material removal needs.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eA direct comparison with the FoamPad hard clarifies the practical differences: The hard pad generates approximately 30–40% more material removal than the medium-hard pad at the same pressure and machine speed — a difference that becomes clearly visible when polishing under strip lighting. This increased cut is the decisive difference for heavily damaged paints; for normal signs of use, it merely means more residue marks in the paint, which require an additional finishing pass. The medium-hard pad is the more efficient choice in these cases: One pass is often sufficient to both eliminate defects and achieve a good finish result.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eThe difference between the FoamPad medium and the FoamPad soft lies primarily in the application strategy: The soft pad is exclusively suitable for the last finishing phase after a cutting pass or for sensitive paints with very low cutting requirements — without a preceding cutting pass, a soft pad will not completely remove holograms. The medium-hard pad, on the other hand, can be used as both a cutting and finishing pad in most cases, depending on the polish chosen.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eBuying the SONAX PROFILINE FoamPad medium — Sizes, Planning, and Professional Portfolio\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eFor most detailing businesses, the FoamPad medium is the pad with the highest consumption in the range — because it is the first choice for most vehicles and tasks. The Ø150 mm format for DA orbital machines is the standard format used in modern detailing businesses that primarily work with orbital polishers. The Ø75 mm format is for businesses with rotary polishers and for special detail tasks such as headlight restoration and tight areas.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eFor inventory planning: For a workday with 3–5 vehicles, at least 6–10 FoamPads medium should be kept in sufficient quantity to always have a fresh or cleaned pad available. Rotating several pads simultaneously — one pad polishing, another cleaning itself in the pad spinner — allows for smoother work without waiting times throughout the entire vehicle list. For businesses that use the medium-hard pad daily, a stock of 10–15 pads of each size is recommended — this also covers the needs for several weeks without reordering, even with the wear and tear of individual pads.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eThe FoamPad medium in the PROFILINE system is always conceived as part of a complete polishing pad portfolio: In combination with the FoamPad hard for heavy heavy-cut tasks and the FoamPad soft for the final high-gloss finish, a complete, clearly graduated three-stage polishing system is created, which provides the right answer for all paint conditions and tasks — from heavily damaged used vehicles to new vehicles with minimal signs of use. As a verified SONAX specialist dealer, Detailing1 permanently carries the FoamPad medium in both sizes in its range and ensures that it is also available for reorders during ongoing operations.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"SONAX","offers":[{"title":"Ø75 mm","offer_id":57345169850703,"sku":"D1-SNX-4985000","price":24.9,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true},{"title":"Ø150 mm","offer_id":57345169883471,"sku":"D1-SNX-4985410","price":10.05,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0800\/3272\/7375\/files\/sonax-profiline-schaumpad-medium_150-mm.png?v=1774736669"},{"product_id":"sonax-profiline-schaumpad-weich-polierpad","title":"PROFILINE Foam Pad soft Polishing Pad","description":"\u003ch2\u003eHologram-Free Finish Polishing with the SONAX PROFILINE Soft Foam Pad\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cblockquote\u003e\n  \u003cp\u003e\u003cem\u003eWhat makes the SONAX PROFILINE Soft Foam Pad special? The soft, fine-pored foam pad allows for machine finish polishing without holograms — ideal for delicate paints, beginner corrections, and final touch-ups after more aggressive polishing stages.\u003c\/em\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/blockquote\u003e\n\n\u003chr\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eIn the final phase of paint correction, the pad often matters more than the polish. If holograms, swirls, or machine marks are left behind after a heavy-cut treatment, the actual work step is lost — and you have to start over. This is exactly where the \u003cstrong\u003eSONAX PROFILINE Soft Foam Pad\u003c\/strong\u003e is indispensable: a fine-pored finish pad made of open-cell foam that distributes polish residues evenly, dissipates heat in a controlled manner, and causes no new damage even on sensitive clear coat surfaces. It combines minimal cutting performance with maximum smoothness — turning a technically solid paint correction into a high-quality finish result.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFine-pored foam structure for a hologram-free finish.\u003c\/strong\u003e The open-cell soft foam of the Soft Foam Pad generates less shear force than hard or medium pads. Polish is distributed evenly over a larger contact surface, largely preventing the formation of machine marks and holograms. This difference is clearly visible in oblique light, especially on dark paints — black, dark blue, anthracite.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eOptimal heat dissipation for temperature-sensitive paints.\u003c\/strong\u003e Even at low pressure settings, orbital sanders generate localized heat. The soft foam yields under pressure, preventing heat build-up in a small area. This protects against temporary paint softening, which can otherwise lead to uneven polishing marks. This property is crucial, especially for thin-walled plastic components or repainted areas.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eUniversally applicable — from finish polishing to sealant preparation.\u003c\/strong\u003e The Soft Foam Pad not only functions as the last correction step after a hard or medium cut but also as a direct application pad for finish polishes without prior correction. On new or only slightly worn paint, it can be used immediately — without taking the detour through more aggressive pad stages.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003chr\u003e\n\n\u003cblockquote class=\"praxistipp\"\u003e\n  \u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDetailing1 Pro Tip:\u003c\/strong\u003e Before the first use, lightly moisten the Soft Foam Pad with water and squeeze out any excess moisture. A minimally moistened pad absorbs the polish more evenly and prevents dry foam from immediately soaking up the polish before it can act on the paint surface. Always start the orbital polisher on the paint — never in the air — to avoid polish splatters on the bodywork.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/blockquote\u003e\n\n\u003chr\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eSoft Foam for Paint Finish — How the Fine-Pored Pad Technology Works\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003ePolyurethane foam is not all the same. What hard and soft actually mean in a polishing pad depends on the pore size, cell structure, and Shore hardness of the foam. The \u003cstrong\u003eSoft Foam Pad\u003c\/strong\u003e uses an open-cell foam structure with small, evenly distributed pores — significantly finer than the Hard Foam Pad, which works with coarser cells and thus generates more shear force. This finer structure has direct effects on the polishing result: polish is not applied in spots but distributed evenly over the entire working surface.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eAnother advantage lies in its damping properties. During machine polishing, the pad acts as a buffer between the orbital disc and the paint surface. A soft foam more strongly cushions the orbits of the eccentric movement — the pad does not rest rigidly on the surface but \"follows\" slight contours, edges, and curves better than a hard counterpart. For polishing work on bumpers, door edges, or mirrors, this means even pressure without over-processing at the edges.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eThe connection to the backing plate is made via a hook-and-loop compatible backing, which is compatible with common SONAX PROFILINE orbital backing plates and support plates. The 75 mm diameter fits smaller orbital discs and is ideal for precision work on small areas such as A-pillars, fuel filler caps, or door openings. The 160 mm variant is the standard application area on large bodywork surfaces such as bonnets, roofs, and doors.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eA frequently underestimated aspect is heat behavior. Soft foam has a higher internal surface area and can distribute heat better through the pad volume than compact materials. During fast work steps with high orbital frequency, friction heat is generated at the contact surface between paint and pad. A soft pad dissipates this heat more evenly instead of concentrating it. This is why, on sensitive solid paints or when working in summer, the soft foam is often the safer choice compared to a medium pad.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eCorrect Use of the Soft Foam Pad — Workflow from First Contact to Hologram-Free Finish\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eThe crucial step before the actual polishing work is the priming phase. Squeeze a hazelnut-sized amount of finish polish onto the Soft Foam Pad, centered on the orbital backing plate, and spread it roughly by hand over an area about the size of an A4 sheet. Then start the orbital polisher at level 1 and distribute the polish without pressure over the surface before increasing speed and pressure. This first pass \"saturates\" the pad and ensures that it no longer absorbs polish into its pores — instead, it will now release it evenly.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eFor finish polishes such as the \u003ca href=\"\/en\/products\/sonax-profiline-ex-04-06-hochglanz-politur\"\u003eSONAX PROFILINE EX \"04-06\" High-Gloss Polish\u003c\/a\u003e or the \u003ca href=\"\/en\/products\/sonax-profiline-np-03-06-hochglanz-politur-finish\"\u003eNP \"03-06\" High-Gloss Polish\u003c\/a\u003e, a speed range of level 3–4 is recommended for typical dual-action orbital polishing machines. Higher speeds generate more heat and thus slightly more cutting performance, but also increase the risk of holograms on dark-tinted paints. The rule of thumb: rather slow and multiple times than fast and once.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eThe Soft Foam Pad is also suitable as the last step after a multi-stage paint correction. If the \u003ca href=\"\/en\/products\/sonax-profiline-schaumpad-hart-polierpad\"\u003eHard Foam Pad\u003c\/a\u003e or the \u003ca href=\"\/en\/products\/sonax-profiline-lammwollpad-wollpad\"\u003eLambswool Pad\u003c\/a\u003e was used previously, the final pass with the soft pad and a pure finish polish ensures that all remaining sanding marks from the previous stage are removed. This \"finishing run\" is standard in professional detailing shops and often the difference between a mediocre and an impeccable result.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eAfter polishing, the pad should be cleaned immediately. Polish residues dry hard in the foam and permanently alter the pad structure. Cleaning with warm water and a mild special detergent preserves the pores of the soft foam permanently. Cleaning in lukewarm water with light squeezing is recommended — no wringing, as this damages the open-cell structure. The pad should be air-dried flat on a clean cloth, never in the sun or on a radiator.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eHologram-Free Finish Polishing — Use Cases and Limitations of the Soft Foam Pad\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eThe strength of the Soft Foam Pad clearly lies in the finish area. For new paints that only show slight transport scratches or superficial wash marks, it can be used directly with a finish polish without a prior cutting stage. This saves time, protects the paint, and is sufficient for most vehicles that are regularly maintained and do not have deep paint damage.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eThe Soft Foam Pad works particularly impressively on metallics and pearl effect paints. Due to their embedded metallic or mica particles, these paint types are more susceptible to scattered light effects that can result from overly aggressive polishing methods. The low shear force of the soft pad ensures that the alignment of the effect particles is maintained and the look after polishing corresponds to the original condition. Anyone who has ever seen a metallic paint lose its luster with a gray haze after an overly aggressive treatment knows why this property is so important.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eAt the same time, there are honest limitations: deeper scratches, oxidation damage, or wet sanding marks from grit P1500 will not be completely removed with the Soft Foam Pad. Here, a cutting stage is first necessary — either with the \u003ca href=\"\/en\/products\/sonax-profiline-schaumpad-medium-polierpad\"\u003eMedium Foam Pad\u003c\/a\u003e and an abrasive polish or, in the case of severe oxidation, with the Hard Foam Pad or Lambswool Pad. The Soft Foam Pad then takes over as the last stage and removes the micro-marks from the previous treatment.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eAnother often underestimated application area: preparation for ceramic coatings. Before applying a coating sealant, the paint must be absolutely blemish-free — no holograms, no swirls. With the Soft Foam Pad and an IPA-compatible finish polish, a final surface can be achieved on which the ceramic layer adheres precisely and can develop its full protective effect. This preparatory finishing pass is standard in professional coating operations.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eSpecial caution is required for fresh repaints. Fresh paint is not yet fully cured in the first few weeks and reacts more sensitively to heat and mechanical pressure. The Soft Foam Pad is the safest choice here because it generates the least energy input — nevertheless, machine polishing should be avoided entirely for repaints less than 30 days old.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eSoft Foam Pad in Comparison — When Which Pad is the Right Choice\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eThe SONAX PROFILINE pad system is consistently staggered by cutting performance and works together with suitable polishes. The Soft Foam Pad is at the lower end of the cutting performance curve — in combination with the Medium Foam Pad and the Hard Foam Pad, a complete correction system results that offers a suitable combination for almost every paint condition.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eThe \u003ca href=\"\/en\/products\/sonax-profiline-schaumpad-medium-polierpad\"\u003eMedium Foam Pad\u003c\/a\u003e is the all-rounder for medium corrections: it reliably removes wash marks, light swirls, and past polishing marks, but still leaves isolated fine marks on dark paints, which are then removed with the soft pad. The combination of medium followed by soft is the most efficient solution for the majority of all professional vehicle detailing — two steps instead of three, and yet a perfect result.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eThe Hard Foam Pad is designed for heavy-cut applications — oxidation, deep wet sanding, heavily weathered paints. It works with higher pressure on a smaller effective contact surface and thus generates significantly more cutting performance. It is contraindicated on fresh or delicate paints. If you have worked with the Hard Foam Pad, you usually have to switch to the Soft Foam Pad via the Medium Foam Pad as an intermediate stage to achieve a completely hologram-free result.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eThe \u003ca href=\"\/en\/products\/sonax-profiline-lammwollpad-wollpad\"\u003eLambswool Pad\u003c\/a\u003e represents a category of its own: lambswool fibers, due to their natural structure, generate very high cutting performance that differs from that of a hard foam pad. They work more aggressively, but also hotter — and typically leave more polishing marks that then need to be polished out with the Soft Foam Pad. The Lambswool Pad is ideal for extreme corrections and professionals who want to save time; the Soft Foam Pad is its ideal finishing partner.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eIn comparison with the \u003ca href=\"\/en\/products\/sonax-profiline-exzenterpad-weich-125-polierpad\"\u003eSoft Orbital Pad 125\u003c\/a\u003e — another soft pad in the PROFILINE system — there is a relevant difference: the Soft Orbital Pad 125 is designed for the 125 mm diameter and optimized for specific orbital machine backing plates. The Soft Foam Pad is available in 75 mm and 160 mm sizes, thus covering the two extremes of the pad spectrum: precision work on small areas and fast work on large bodywork surfaces.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eBuying the Soft Foam Pad — For Which Users and Workflows It Is Worth It\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eThe Soft Foam Pad is worthwhile for anyone who wants to perform machine polishing at a professional quality level — regardless of whether they work commercially or as a dedicated hobby detailer. Beginners benefit from the fact that the soft pad minimizes the risk of errors: those who work with too much pressure or too high a speed will cause damage significantly less often with the Soft Foam Pad than with a more aggressive pad. This also makes it the first pad for anyone just starting to learn machine polishing.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eProfessional detailers appreciate the Soft Foam Pad as the last step in any multi-stage workflow. Whether after a CutMax pass with the Hard Foam Pad, after a \u003ca href=\"\/en\/products\/sonax-profiline-perfectfinish-finish-politur\"\u003ePerfectFinish Polish\u003c\/a\u003e on a medium stage, or as a final quality assurance before sealing — the soft pad is the one that defines the final result. No other pad in the SONAX PROFILINE system creates such a uniformly smooth, hologram-free surface in a single step.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eThe size selection should be based on the existing polishing machine. The 75 mm variant is ideal for spot corrections and tight areas — it fits smaller orbital backing plates and allows precise work in places where a 160 mm pad cannot be controlled. The 160 mm variant is the surface worker: bonnet, roof, sides — here it demonstrates its productivity strength. In a well-equipped workshop, both sizes are available and are used specifically depending on the task.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eAs a direct complement, the high-quality finish polishes from the SONAX PROFILINE range are recommended. The EX \"04-06\" High-Gloss Polish is the classic combination recommendation: low to no cutting performance, maximum high gloss, and hologram obsession. For paint surfaces that still show slight fine marks after a hard-cut treatment, the NP \"03-06\" High-Gloss Polish is the more precise choice — it offers a bit more cutting performance and more reliably works out the remaining marks from the pretreatment. Both polishes are designed for the Soft Foam Pad and deliver the best results when used together.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eIf you take care of your Soft Foam Pad, it will last a long time. A carefully cleaned and air-dried pad retains its pore structure over many uses — and thus also its characteristic ability to release polish evenly and dissipate heat in a controlled manner. Professionals clean their pads immediately after each vehicle, store them flat in a closed container, and separate used from new pads to avoid cross-contamination with polish residues. These simple measures double the effective lifespan and ensure consistent polishing results over the entire period.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"SONAX","offers":[{"title":"Ø75 mm","offer_id":57345170178383,"sku":"D1-SNX-4926000","price":24.9,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true},{"title":"Ø160 mm","offer_id":57345170211151,"sku":"D1-SNX-4932410","price":10.05,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0800\/3272\/7375\/files\/sonax-profiline-schaumpad-weich_160-mm.png?v=1774736676"},{"product_id":"sonax-profiline-exzenterpad-hart-polierpad","title":"PROFILINE Hard Eccentric Polishing Pad","description":"\u003ch2\u003eHigh Cutting Performance with the DA Polisher — SONAX PROFILINE ExzenterPad hard\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cblockquote\u003e\n  \u003cp\u003e\u003cem\u003eWhat is the difference between an ExzenterPad hard and a SchaumPad hard? The professional ExzenterPad in a hard version is a polishing foam pad specifically optimized for the oscillating motion of dual-action eccentric polishers — for maximum cutting performance with safe, controlled application without the risk of overheating.\u003c\/em\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/blockquote\u003e\n\n\u003chr\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eWhen polishing with a dual-action eccentric polisher, the pad significantly influences the result: A pad that is too soft loses cutting performance on the fast eccentric stroke; a pad with incorrect rebound hardness cushions the active ingredient contact away and creates uneven cut patterns. The \u003cstrong\u003eSONAX PROFILINE ExzenterPad hard\u003c\/strong\u003e is developed with a foam consistency that is tailored to the kinematics of eccentric polishers: The cell structure of the foam works together at the typical stroke frequency of DA machines (4–12 mm eccentric stroke) in such a way that maximum cutting energy is transferred to the paint. Available in Ø125 mm and Ø150 mm — individually or in a professional set of 15 or 10 pieces for continuous operation in detailing businesses.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eHard cell structure for maximum cut transfer on the DA eccentric polisher.\u003c\/strong\u003e The ExzenterPad hard uses a dense, closed-cell foam structure that does not spring back during eccentric motion but rather converts the pressure directly into cutting performance. Where softer pads lose energy through compression, with the hard ExzenterPad, the force remains in the contact area — this leads to reproducibly even removal across the entire pad surface, even on curved radii and slightly curved paint surfaces.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eEccentric-optimized geometry for safe work without overheating.\u003c\/strong\u003e Unlike rotary polishers, eccentric machines do not generate continuous frictional heat in a rotational path — the randomized eccentric stroke distributes the heat over a larger area. The ExzenterPad hard utilizes this characteristic of the DA machine: Even on fresh or thin clear coats, aggressive work is possible with the hard pad because the risk of overheating is controlled by the machine technology. This makes the ExzenterPad hard the ideal entry pad for detailers switching from rotary to eccentric operation.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTwo sizes and professional sets for economical operational use.\u003c\/strong\u003e Ø125 mm for standard DA eccentric machines, Ø150 mm for large eccentric machines with a wide backing plate. For businesses that polish daily, the 15-piece set (Ø125 mm) and the 10-piece set (Ø150 mm) are the economical choice: Multiple pads in use mean fewer interruptions for cleaning, and the price per pad in the set format is significantly cheaper compared to individual pieces.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003chr\u003e\n\n\u003cblockquote class=\"praxistipp\"\u003e\n  \u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003ePractical tip from Detailing1:\u003c\/strong\u003e Lightly moisten the ExzenterPad hard before first use — dry foam absorbs the first drops of polish instead of distributing them on the paint. A splash of water or a damp cloth on the work surface is sufficient. Always start at the lowest speed (level 1–2) on the first pass to work in the polish, then increase to working speed. After 2–3 panels, clean the pad with a pad spinner or a pad washer — a saturated pad significantly reduces the cut. For optimal results: combine ExzenterPad hard with \u003ca href=\"\/en\/products\/sonax-profiline-cutmax-schleif-politur\"\u003eSONAX PROFILINE CutMax \"6\/4\" abrasive polish\u003c\/a\u003e — this combination is tuned in the PROFILINE system for DA eccentrics for heavy-cut tasks.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/blockquote\u003e\n\n\u003chr\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eExzenterPad hard Foam Structure — Cell Hardness, Rebound Behavior, and Abrasion Mechanics\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eThe cutting performance of a polishing pad on an eccentric polisher depends on three factors: foam hardness (compression modulus), rebound speed (how quickly the foam springs back after compression), and surface contact area (how large the effective polishing area is). The \u003cstrong\u003eSONAX PROFILINE ExzenterPad hard\u003c\/strong\u003e is designed for high-performance cutting on DA eccentrics in all three parameters: The foam hardness is in the upper range of the PROFILINE pad portfolio, the rebound speed is tuned to typical eccentric stroke frequencies (approx. 3,400–6,800 strokes\/min), and the pad geometry ensures maximum surface contact even on slightly curved surfaces.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eA technical aspect that is underestimated in everyday use: Pads that are too hard can cause difficulties on very fresh or very thin clear coats with an eccentric polisher — the lack of conformity with indentations and microtextures of the paint leads to an uneven cut pattern. The ExzenterPad hard is therefore not the hardest conceivable pad, but a carefully chosen middle ground between maximum cutting energy and sufficient adaptability. It is optimized for paints with normal to high layer thickness — from about 80 µm clear coat. For very thin paints (under 60 µm) or very fresh new paints, the ExzenterPad medium is recommended for initial tests.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eThe cell structure of the foam is closed, which has two practical consequences: First, the pad absorbs polish less aggressively than open-cell foams — this means less polish loss in the pad material and more active ingredient on the paint surface. Second, the pad is easier to clean after use, as the polish primarily adheres to the surface and does not penetrate deep into the cell structure. Regularly washed foam pads retain their original cutting performance over many uses — an economic advantage over wool pads, which lose cutting performance faster after intensive use.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eThe back of the ExzenterPad hard features a hook-and-loop fastener (Velcro) that fits directly onto standard polishing plates with a Hook\u0026Loop surface. The adhesive bond is designed for the high centrifugal forces in eccentric motors — no shifting or loosening of the pad during operation, even at higher speeds. The hook-and-loop layer is vulcanized with the foam, not just glued — this prevents delamination after repeated attachment and detachment.\n\n\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eFor pad care: Wash the ExzenterPad hard after use with lukewarm water and a mild cleaner, gently squeeze (never wring), and let dry flat. Foam pads should not be cleaned in the washing machine — the mechanical stress of the spin cycle destroys the cell structure and permanently reduces the rebound hardness. Handwashing takes 2 minutes and fully maintains the pad's properties over dozens of uses.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eApplication of the ExzenterPad hard — Polish Combination, Machine Speed, and Technique\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eThe ExzenterPad hard is designed for use with heavy-cut polishes — in the PROFILINE system for combination with \u003ca href=\"\/en\/products\/sonax-profiline-cutmax-schleif-politur\"\u003eSONAX PROFILINE CutMax \"6\/4\" abrasive polish\u003c\/a\u003e or PROFILINE EX \"05-05\" abrasive polish. This combination is designed for vehicles with sanding marks from P1000 sandpaper, heavy holograms from automatic car washes, and medium to deep oxidation.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eThe optimal machine speed for the ExzenterPad hard is at a medium to high setting (level 4–6 on a typical 5-level eccentric machine), depending on the machine. On a shift-orbit machine (e.g., SONAX or Rupes BigFoot), this corresponds to approximately 3,800–4,500 RPM. At too low a speed, the hard pad does not cut efficiently — the foam structure needs enough kinetic energy to work on the clear coat. At too high a speed on small, curved surfaces (bumper edges, A-pillar transitions), there is a risk that the pad will hit edges and remove too much material locally.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003ePolish dosage: For the ExzenterPad hard, the classic 5-dot pattern is recommended (one dab of polish in the center and four dabs near the edges). The amount per panel (approx. 50×50 cm) is 3–5 pea-sized portions, depending on the cutting strength of the polish. Before turning on the machine, briefly spread the polish with the pad on the surface (without power) to avoid splattering. Then switch on at level 1–2 until the polish is worked in, and increase to working speed. A pass consists of 2–3 overlapping passes over the same panel segment.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eAfter polishing a panel, briefly check the pad: If the foam is saturated and discolored (dark, greasy), a cleaning step is necessary before starting the next panel. A saturated pad only transfers polish as a lubricating film without a real cut — cleaning or changing the pad is then more efficient than continuing. With a pad spinner, a foam pad can be cleaned sufficiently in about 15 seconds to work on further panels; a complete wash is done at the end of the workday.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eAreas of Application for the ExzenterPad hard — Paint Defects, Vehicle Types, and Polishing Stages\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eThe ExzenterPad hard is the workhorse for the heavy-cut phase of a multi-stage vehicle detailing process. Typical application scenarios include: used vehicles with holograms and sanding marks from car wash use over several years, new cars with transport paint damage (fine sanding marks from final inspection), vehicles after a P1200 sanding process for deep scratch removal, and heavily dulled or oxidized paints on used vehicles that have gone many years without polishing.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eWhen used on new cars, caution is advised: New OEM clear coats are not yet fully cured in the first 30–90 days after painting and react more sensitively to mechanical stress. The ExzenterPad hard should only be used on new cars under 3 months with lighter heavy-cut polishes (not with the strongest formulation) and at reduced speed. After the curing time, the paint is significantly more resilient and can withstand full heavy-cut treatment without risk.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eIn bodywork, the ExzenterPad hard is suitable for all large paint surfaces — hood, roof, fenders, and doors. For tight edge work on bumper transitions, door gaps, and around window seals, a smaller pad (Ø80 mm, if available) or manual work with polish and cloth is more suitable. The Ø125 mm pad is for all-around use; the Ø150 mm pad is for maximum surface throughput on wide areas such as the hood and roof — with the larger pad, one is approximately 20–30% faster per vehicle with comparable cutting quality.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eIn professional detailing businesses, the ExzenterPad hard is typically used for the first sanding pass, followed by an ExzenterPad medium with a medium polish for intermediate sanding and an \u003ca href=\"\/en\/products\/sonax-profiline-exzenterpad-weich-125-polierpad\"\u003eExzenterPad soft\u003c\/a\u003e with a finish polish for the final high gloss. This three-stage system delivers reproducible results: The first step removes all defects, the second step removes residual marks from the first step, and the third step achieves the final shine. Trying to do all three steps with a single pad compromises either cutting or finish quality.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eExzenterPad hard in Comparison — DA Polishing Pad vs. Foam Pad vs. ExzenterPad medium\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eThe most common question when building a PROFILINE pad portfolio is the distinction between ExzenterPad and \u003ca href=\"\/en\/products\/sonax-profiline-schaumpad-hart-polierpad\"\u003eSchaumPad hard\u003c\/a\u003e: Both are hard foam pads for heavy-cut applications, but their geometry and foam formulation are optimized for different machine types. The SchaumPad hard is developed for rotary polishers — it works with the consistent rotary motion and optimally transfers this energy into cutting performance. The ExzenterPad hard is developed for DA eccentric machines — the foam structure is designed for the randomized eccentric stroke, which places entirely different demands on compression behavior and rebound hardness. Those who use an ExzenterPad hard on a rotary polisher generally notice reduced cutting performance — and vice versa. The pads are not entirely interchangeable.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eThe comparison between ExzenterPad hard and ExzenterPad medium arises from the cutting requirement: The ExzenterPad medium provides significantly less cutting performance, but also generates less heat and leaves finer residual marks in the paint. For vehicles with light to medium holograms (normal signs of use without deep scratches), the medium pad is sufficient and gentler. For heavily damaged paints or when quick progress on severe defects is required, the ExzenterPad hard is the right tool. As a rule of thumb: If a panel still shows visible scratches after a complete pass with the ExzenterPad medium and a heavy-cut polish, the ExzenterPad hard is the right choice for the next detailing session.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eAnother relevant comparison is between ExzenterPad hard and HybridWollPad: The \u003ca href=\"\/en\/products\/sonax-profiline-hybridwollpad-wollpad\"\u003eSONAX PROFILINE HybridWollPad\u003c\/a\u003e delivers significantly more cutting performance on a rotary polisher than the ExzenterPad hard on a DA eccentric. For severe paint defects that cannot be completely removed even with ExzenterPad hard and CutMax, the HybridWollPad on a rotary polisher is the more powerful option. This decision between Exzenter+ExzenterPad hard and Rotary+HybridWollPad depends on the specific defect pattern and the machine configuration of the business.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eBuying SONAX PROFILINE ExzenterPad hard — Size Selection, Set Formats, and Operational Use\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eFor businesses that exclusively work with DA eccentric polishers, the ExzenterPad hard is the primary heavy-cut pad. The recommendation for size selection: Ø125 mm for businesses with a standard-sized eccentric machine, Ø150 mm for businesses that prioritize efficiency on large surfaces and have a machine with a 150 mm backing plate. Businesses with both machine sizes should ideally keep both pad sizes in stock.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eThe 15-piece set in Ø125 mm format is designed for professional detailing businesses that polish several vehicles daily. In an average operation with 3–5 vehicles per day, 6–10 pads are needed per workday (2 per vehicle in rotation), so a set stock covers the week. With 15 pads in stock, several pads can be used in rotation during a long workday and cleaned together in the evening — without productivity loss due to waiting times for individual pad cleaning. The 10-piece set in Ø150 mm format follows the same logic for the larger pad format. Compared to buying individual pads, the set format significantly saves per pad.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eThe lifespan of an ExzenterPad hard depends on the intensity of care: Regularly washed pads last 50–100 vehicles before the foam structure gives way. The identifying sign of a worn pad: It can be completely compressed with normal finger pressure (no more rebound), or the surface shows cracks and signs of detachment. A worn pad should be replaced immediately — it dramatically loses cutting performance and can leave uneven cut marks on freshly painted surfaces. As a verified SONAX specialist dealer, Detailing1 permanently carries the ExzenterPad hard in both sizes and both set formats.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"SONAX","offers":[{"title":"Ø125 mm – 1 piece","offer_id":57345291288911,"sku":"D1-SNX-4923410","price":11.15,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true},{"title":"Ø125 mm – 15 pieces","offer_id":57345291321679,"sku":"D1-SNX-4923000","price":72.26,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true},{"title":"Ø150 mm – 1 piece","offer_id":57345291354447,"sku":"D1-SNX-4924410","price":12.02,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true},{"title":"Ø150 mm – 10 pieces","offer_id":57345291387215,"sku":"D1-SNX-4924000","price":54.98,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0800\/3272\/7375\/files\/sonax-profiline-exzenterpad-hart_125-mm--1-stueck.png?v=1774736550"},{"product_id":"sonax-profiline-exzenterpad-medium-polierpad","title":"PROFILINE EccentricPad Medium Polishing Pad","description":"\u003ch2\u003eMedium Cut, Maximum Control — The SONAX PROFILINE EccentricPad medium in practical use\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cblockquote\u003e\n  \u003cp\u003e\u003cem\u003eWhat differentiates a medium-cut polishing pad from a soft or hard one? A medium-cut pad — like the EccentricPad medium — corrects light to medium paint defects with DA orbital polishers without over-abrading, and provides good heat dissipation.\u003c\/em\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/blockquote\u003e\n\n\u003chr\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eAnyone who has ever polished with the wrong pad knows the result: either too much material removed and the paint overheated, or too little cut and the scratches remain visible. The \u003cstrong\u003eSONAX PROFILINE EccentricPad medium\u003c\/strong\u003e is designed for exactly the range where most corrections occur — light swirls, fine scratches, moderate oxidation, and holograms that can no longer be removed with finish pads but don't require an aggressive abrasive pad. The medium-cut foam profile gives you the leeway to correct efficiently without losing control over material removal.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMedium-cut foam profile for precise paint corrections.\u003c\/strong\u003e The open-pore foam structure of the EccentricPad medium, combined with a suitable polish, creates enough cutting power to remove swirls, holograms, and fine scratches. At the same time, material removal remains controllable — you can correct precisely without overstressing the paint surface.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eEfficient heat dissipation through open-cell foam.\u003c\/strong\u003e When polishing with DA orbital polishers, friction heat is generated, which can accumulate in closed-pore pads and lead to heat spots or paint damage. The open-cell foam structure of the EccentricPad medium dissipates heat evenly, protecting sensitive clear coat layers.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eUniversal size selection for different work areas.\u003c\/strong\u003e With Ø125 mm for precise work in tight spaces and Ø150 mm for large panels, the EccentricPad medium offers the flexibility required in professional everyday use. Both sizes fit standard backing plates with Velcro fasteners.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003chr\u003e\n\n\u003cblockquote class=\"praxistipp\"\u003e\n  \u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003ePractical tip from Detailing1:\u003c\/strong\u003e Before the first use, apply 3–4 pea-sized drops of polish to the pad and spread it on a panel at a slow speed before beginning the correction — this is known as \"priming\" the pad. A fresh PROFILINE EccentricPad medium absorbs more polish during the first pass; only on the second pass does the pad show its full cutting performance. After each panel, blow out the pad with a foam pad brush or pad cleaner to remove polish residue — this significantly extends pad life.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/blockquote\u003e\n\n\u003chr\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eOpen-cell foam and medium cut — how the EccentricPad medium works\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eThe choice of the right polishing pad significantly determines how much time and how many passes a paint correction requires. A pad that is too soft does not generate enough pressure to remove scratches from the clear coat; a pad that is too hard leaves a fine hologram pattern after correction, which must be removed in another pass with a finish pad. Understanding pad mechanics saves considerable time and abrasive consumption in daily operations.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eA polishing pad blank and a pad are not the same thing. What at first glance looks like a simple piece of foam is the result of a targeted material decision: pore size, foam hardness, and cell structure jointly determine how much abrasive the pad absorbs, how it releases it, and how quickly it heats up. The \u003cstrong\u003eSONAX PROFILINE EccentricPad medium\u003c\/strong\u003e uses an open-cell polyurethane foam with medium hardness. The open cell structure causes polish to be evenly distributed within the pad and released in a controlled manner to the paint surface — a continuous supply that prevents drying out and stabilizes the abrasive effect.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eA pad's cutting power results from the interaction of foam hardness, surface texture, and pore structure. Soft pads compress significantly, have more material contact with the paint surface, but less pressure per surface point — ideal for finishing. Hard pads compress little, generate high local pressure, and thus more material removal. The medium pad lies in between: it compresses controllably, has a stable pressure build-up, and at the same time allows for even polish distribution. In practice, this means you can remove swirls and holograms with the EccentricPad medium in one or two passes, without necessarily needing an additional finishing pass afterwards — provided you choose the right polish.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eThe choice of size between Ø125 and Ø150 mm depends on the work area and the machine used. Ø125 mm is the standard size for DA orbital polishers with a 5 mm throw and is suitable for all body areas. Ø150 mm allows for higher throughput on large, flat panels such as the hood or roof, but requires a machine with corresponding power reserves. Those who use both sizes can specifically switch between detailed work and surface polishing.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eThe Velcro fastener on the back of the pad is designed for standard backing plates. The Velcro quality of the PROFILINE line holds reliably even during several hours of continuous use — the pad sits firmly, does not slip, and does not detach itself even on a moist-greasy surface. This is one of the most common problems in daily operation with cheaper pads.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eCorrectly using a DA polishing pad — step-by-step with the EccentricPad medium\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eBefore you begin the first polishing pass, it's worth a quick paint check. Heavily soiled paint should be decontaminated before polishing — an iron remover binds industrial fallout, and a clay bar product removes bonded contamination that would otherwise act as abrasive particles during polishing. The EccentricPad medium works more efficiently on clean, decontaminated paint: the abrasive particles of the polish directly attack the clear coat instead of expending energy on loosening surface contaminants.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eDA orbital machines work with an overlapping movement of rotation and orbital motion — this makes them more forgiving and accessible for beginners compared to rotary machines, but still requires the right technique. The speed selection significantly influences how much cutting power the EccentricPad medium actually develops. For medium correction work, a speed between 4,000 and 5,500 revolutions per minute is recommended. Lower speeds reduce heat generation but also provide less cut; higher speeds accelerate correction but increase the risk of heat spots with multiple overlaps.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eAlways choose a test panel first — ideally an inconspicuous area on the vehicle, such as the lower door area or the roof in a less exposed corner. Apply the polish directly to the pad, not to the paint. Start at a low speed and spread the polish over the panel without increasing pressure, before increasing the speed for the actual correction pass. Overlapping passes of 30–40% ensure an even, streak-free result. Two to three passes are usually sufficient for medium-grade swirls; deeper scratches require additional passes or switching to the EccentricPad hard.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eAfter polishing, the polish residue pattern becomes the indicator: if the abrasive film is evenly broken down and almost completely worked, the pad has performed optimally. Clumpy or uneven residue indicates too much polish or too low a speed. The PROFILINE EccentricPad medium can be cleaned with warm water and pad cleaner after use and is reusable after drying. Professionals recommend sorting pads separately by polish type and not switching between abrasive and finishing products.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eCorrecting paint defects — when the EccentricPad medium is the right choice\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003ePaint care is not just a matter of appearance — it's also about preserving value. A vehicle with corrected, sealed paint achieves measurably better results when returned or sold than a vehicle with untreated signs of use. Polishing with a DA orbital polisher and the EccentricPad medium is an investment that pays off for frequent drivers and vehicle fleets when the next valuation comes around.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eThe EccentricPad medium is the all-rounder in the polishing pad portfolio — it covers the area most frequently required in everyday detailing. Vehicles with normal wear and tear that are regularly washed accumulate a fine swirl pattern over months, originating from automatic car washes, microfiber towels, or wash mitts with dirt particles. Precisely this surface depth — usually 1 to 3 micrometers — is the target zone of the EccentricPad medium. It removes enough to go below the scratch depth without interfering with deeper paint layers.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eMore severely damaged paint surfaces with deep scratches, oxidation damage, or etched water spots that cannot be bridged by the fingernail test require the EccentricPad hard or a rotary pass. An honest assessment before polishing saves time: if a scratch is palpable with a fingernail, it is in the primer or clear coat at the limit — the EccentricPad medium will not be able to completely remove it. As a rule of thumb: what the nail glides over without catching, the medium pad can correct.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eTemperatures also play a role: on cold paint surfaces below 10 °C, foam reacts stiffer — the pad compresses less, contact pressure increases. On hot summer days outdoors, however, the pad becomes softer and more aggressive. These variables should be considered during the first test panel to estimate the result before entire panels are polished.\u003cbr\u003e\nEven with freshly painted vehicles, new cars with fine transport scratches, or after chemical pretreatment with a clay bar product, the EccentricPad medium is the first choice for paint correction. It gives the paint enough cutting power for a visible improvement without the risk of over-abrading fresh paint molecules. Following correction with the EccentricPad medium, a final finishing pass with the \u003ca href=\"\/en\/products\/sonax-profiline-exzenterpad-weich-125-polierpad\"\u003eSONAX PROFILINE EccentricPad soft\u003c\/a\u003e is recommended to remove the last micro-scratches from the polishing process and leave the paint mirror-smooth.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eEccentricPad medium vs. hard vs. FoamPad — which pad when?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eIn practice, pad selection is not a matter of personal preference but of paint condition and desired results. The \u003cstrong\u003eSONAX PROFILINE EccentricPad medium\u003c\/strong\u003e occupies the middle ground: more cut than a finish pad, more gentle than a cutting pad. The EccentricPad hard is suitable for pronounced scratches, oxidation, and heavy swirls — its denser foam core, combined with a highly abrasive polish, generates enough pressure for deep material removal. The drawback: the finishing effort afterward is higher because the hard pad leaves finer holograms.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eCompared to the \u003ca href=\"\/en\/products\/sonax-profiline-exzenterpad-hart-polierpad\"\u003eSONAX PROFILINE EccentricPad hard\u003c\/a\u003e, the medium pad can combine the first correction pass directly with finishing in a two-phase workflow — if the polish matches the pad's cutting ability. This saves time and is sufficient for vehicles with normal use. Those working with a one-step polish like the \u003ca href=\"\/en\/products\/sonax-profiline-np-03-06-hochglanz-politur-finish\"\u003eSONAX PROFILINE NP \"03-06\"\u003c\/a\u003e will find the EccentricPad medium to be the ideal carrier foam: the NP \"03-06\" develops its cutting and finishing properties best on medium-cut pads and leaves a high gloss finish after one pass.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eCompared to the FoamPads from the PROFILINE line, the EccentricPad differs in its specific design for DA machines. FoamPads can, in principle, also be used on orbital polishers, but their material selection is designed for rotary applications. The EccentricPad medium is optimally matched for use with a DA orbital polisher — the foam's rebound characteristic corresponds to the machine's movement frequency.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eTarget group, combinations and purchase recommendation for the EccentricPad medium\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eThe medium polishing pad from the PROFILINE line is designed for professional detailers who regularly work with DA orbital polishers and need a reliable correction pad for the majority of vehicles they encounter daily. For detailing beginners with a DA machine, it is also the right entry-level pad because it offers more error tolerance than a hard cutting pad. The risk of over-abrading the paint with incorrect technique is significantly lower with the medium pad than with an aggressive cutting pad.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eThose who regularly work on different types of vehicles benefit from a structured pad system. Dark vehicles and clear coats with low film thickness require more finesse — here, the EccentricPad medium is often the safe choice because it keeps material removal controllable. For light colors and paints with good film thickness, a hard pad can also be useful in the first pass to remove deep scratches more quickly. A careful paint thickness measurement with a paint thickness gauge before polishing is standard for professional demands.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eFor professional use, the bulk option with 15 pieces (Ø125 mm) or 10 pieces (Ø150 mm) is recommended. Detailers who polish several vehicles per day change the pad after two to three vehicles at the latest — a fresh pad consistently shows better results than a saturated one. With the 15-piece set, you have enough pads for a workday without having to wash them in between. This not only saves time but also polish, because a fresh pad absorbs the abrasive more efficiently and releases it more evenly.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eFor individual users with occasional polishing needs, the single pack is the right choice: well-maintained and cleaned after each use, a PROFILINE EccentricPad medium lasts for many applications. The combination of an EccentricPad medium for the correction pass and an EccentricPad soft for the final finishing pass is the standard two-phase workflow that Detailing1 recommends for normal used vehicles. As a verified SONAX specialist dealer, Detailing1 permanently carries the PROFILINE EccentricPad medium in all sizes and pack quantities in its assortment. For businesses with high polishing volumes, it is also worth looking at combined pad sets: a supply of medium and soft pads covers the entire two-phase workflow without having to reorder during ongoing jobs. Upon request, Detailing1 provides recommendations for pad rotation strategies for various vehicle classes and polish types.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"SONAX","offers":[{"title":"Ø125 mm – 1 piece","offer_id":57345292337487,"sku":"D1-SNX-4986000","price":11.15,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true},{"title":"Ø125 mm – 15 pieces","offer_id":57345292370255,"sku":"D1-SNX-4987000","price":72.26,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true},{"title":"Ø150 mm – 1 piece","offer_id":57345292403023,"sku":"D1-SNX-4986410","price":12.02,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true},{"title":"Ø150 mm – 10 pieces","offer_id":57345292435791,"sku":"D1-SNX-4987410","price":54.98,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0800\/3272\/7375\/files\/sonax-profiline-exzenterpad-medium_125-mm--1-stueck.png?v=1774736564"}],"url":"https:\/\/detailing1.co.uk\/en\/collections\/profiline-polieren.oembed","provider":"Detailing1","version":"1.0","type":"link"}